1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
20 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
31 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
38 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
39 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
40 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
41 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
42 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
45 #include <algorithm>
46 #include <cstring>
47 #include <functional>
48 using namespace clang;
49 using namespace sema;
50 
51 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
52   if (OwnedType) {
53     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
54     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
55   }
56 
57   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
58 }
59 
60 namespace {
61 
62 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
63  public:
64   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
65       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
66     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
67     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
68     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
69   }
70 
71   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
72     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
73       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
74           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
75     else
76       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
77   }
78 
79  private:
80   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
81   bool WantClassName;
82 };
83 
84 }
85 
86 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
87 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
88   switch (Kind) {
89   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
90   // token kind is a valid type specifier
91   case tok::kw_short:
92   case tok::kw_long:
93   case tok::kw___int64:
94   case tok::kw___int128:
95   case tok::kw_signed:
96   case tok::kw_unsigned:
97   case tok::kw_void:
98   case tok::kw_char:
99   case tok::kw_int:
100   case tok::kw_half:
101   case tok::kw_float:
102   case tok::kw_double:
103   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
104   case tok::kw_bool:
105   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
106     return true;
107 
108   case tok::annot_typename:
109   case tok::kw_char16_t:
110   case tok::kw_char32_t:
111   case tok::kw_typeof:
112   case tok::kw_decltype:
113     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
114 
115   default:
116     break;
117   }
118 
119   return false;
120 }
121 
122 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
123 /// return the declaration of that type.
124 ///
125 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
126 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
127 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
128 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
129 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
130 ///
131 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
132 /// and then return NULL.
133 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
134                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
135                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
136                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
137                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
138                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
139                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
140   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
141   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
142   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
143     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
144     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
145       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
146   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
147     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
148 
149     if (!LookupCtx) {
150       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
151         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
152         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
153         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
154         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
155         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
156         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
157         //
158         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
159         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
160         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
161           return ParsedType();
162 
163         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
164         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
165         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
166           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
167 
168         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
169         QualType T =
170           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
171                             II, NameLoc);
172 
173           return ParsedType::make(T);
174       }
175 
176       return ParsedType();
177     }
178 
179     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
180         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
181       return ParsedType();
182   }
183 
184   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
185   // lookup for class-names.
186   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
187                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
188   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
189   if (LookupCtx) {
190     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
191     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
192     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
193     // nested-name-specifier.
194     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
195 
196     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
197       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
198       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
199       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
200       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
201       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
202       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
203       LookupName(Result, S);
204     }
205   } else {
206     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
207     LookupName(Result, S);
208   }
209 
210   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
211   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
212   case LookupResult::NotFound:
213   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
214     if (CorrectedII) {
215       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
216       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
217                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
218       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
219       TemplateTy Template;
220       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
221       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
222       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
223       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
224       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
225       if (SS && NNS) {
226         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
227         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
228       }
229       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
230           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
231           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
232           // is handled elsewhere).
233           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
234             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
235                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
236         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
237                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
238                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
239                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
240         if (Ty) {
241           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
242           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
243               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
244           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
245               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName
246               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
247                                               CorrectedStr);
248           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
249             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
250               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
251 
252           if (SS && NNS)
253             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
254           *CorrectedII = NewII;
255           return Ty;
256         }
257       }
258     }
259     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
260   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
261   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
262     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
263     return ParsedType();
264 
265   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
266     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
267     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
268     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
269     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
270     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
271     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
272       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
273       return ParsedType();
274     }
275 
276     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
277     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
278          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
279       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
280         if (!IIDecl ||
281             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
282               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
283           IIDecl = *Res;
284       }
285     }
286 
287     if (!IIDecl) {
288       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
289       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
290       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
291       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
292       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
293       // a type name.
294       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
295       return ParsedType();
296     }
297 
298     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
299     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
300     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
301     // perform the name lookup again.
302     break;
303 
304   case LookupResult::Found:
305     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
306     break;
307   }
308 
309   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
310 
311   QualType T;
312   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
313     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
314 
315     if (T.isNull())
316       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
317 
318     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
319     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
320     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
321     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
322       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
323         // Construct a type with type-source information.
324         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
325         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
326 
327         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
328         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
329         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
330         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
331         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
332       } else {
333         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
334       }
335     }
336   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
337     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
338     if (!HasTrailingDot)
339       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
340   }
341 
342   if (T.isNull()) {
343     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
344     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
345     return ParsedType();
346   }
347   return ParsedType::make(T);
348 }
349 
350 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
351 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
352 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
353 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose cases in C
354 /// where the user forgot to specify the tag.
355 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
356   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
357   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
358   LookupName(R, S, false);
359   R.suppressDiagnostics();
360   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
361     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
362       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
363       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
364       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
365       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
366       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
367       }
368     }
369 
370   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
371 }
372 
373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
377 /// @code
378 /// template<class T> class A {
379 /// public:
380 ///   typedef int TYPE;
381 /// };
382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
383 /// public:
384 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
385 /// };
386 /// @endcode
387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
388   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
389     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
390 
391     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
392     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
393           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
394       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
395         return true;
396     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
397   }
398   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
399 }
400 
401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
402                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
403                                    Scope *S,
404                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
405                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
406   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
407   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
408 
409   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
410   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
411   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
412   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
413                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
414                                              Validator)) {
415     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
416     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
417 
418     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
419       // We corrected to a keyword.
420       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
421       if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID()))
422         CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr;
423       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
424         << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
425         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
426       II = NewII;
427     } else {
428       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
429       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
430       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
431         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
432           << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
433           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
434       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
435         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
436           << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
437           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
438       else
439         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
440 
441       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
442         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
443 
444       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
445                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
446                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
447                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
448     }
449     return true;
450   }
451 
452   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
453     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
454     UnqualifiedId Name;
455     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
456     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
457     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
458     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
459     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
460                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
461                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
462       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
463       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
464       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
465         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
466           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
467       }
468       return true;
469     }
470   }
471 
472   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
473   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
474 
475   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
476     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
477   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
478     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
479       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
480   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
481     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
482     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
483       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
484 
485     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
486       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
487       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
488       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
489     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
490                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
491   } else {
492     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
493            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
494   }
495 
496   return true;
497 }
498 
499 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
500 /// or
501 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
502   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
503                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
504 
505   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
506     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
507       return true;
508 
509     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
510       return true;
511   }
512 
513   return false;
514 }
515 
516 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
517                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
518                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
519                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
520   Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
521   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
522   if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
523     const char *TagName = 0;
524     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
525     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
526       case TTK_Class:
527         TagName = "class";
528         FixItTagName = "class ";
529         break;
530 
531       case TTK_Enum:
532         TagName = "enum";
533         FixItTagName = "enum ";
534         break;
535 
536       case TTK_Struct:
537         TagName = "struct";
538         FixItTagName = "struct ";
539         break;
540 
541       case TTK_Union:
542         TagName = "union";
543         FixItTagName = "union ";
544         break;
545     }
546 
547     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
548       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
549       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
550 
551     LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
552     if (SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS)) {
553       for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end();
554            I != IEnd; ++I)
555         SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
556           << Name << TagName;
557     }
558     return true;
559   }
560 
561   Result.clear(Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
562   return false;
563 }
564 
565 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
566 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
567                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
568   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
569 
570   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
571   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
572 
573   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
574   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
575   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
576   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
577   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
578 }
579 
580 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
581                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
582                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
583                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
584                                             const Token &NextToken,
585                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
586                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
587   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
588   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
589 
590   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
591     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
592                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
593 
594   }
595 
596   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
597   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
598 
599   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
600   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
601   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
602   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
603   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
604     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
605     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
606       return E;
607   }
608 
609   bool SecondTry = false;
610   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
611 
612 Corrected:
613   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
614   case LookupResult::NotFound:
615     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
616     // call.
617     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
618       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
619       // FIXME: Reference?
620       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
621         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
622 
623       // C90 6.3.2.2:
624       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
625       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
626       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
627       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
628       //   the function call, the declaration
629       //
630       //     extern int identifier ();
631       //
632       //   appeared.
633       //
634       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
635       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
636         Result.addDecl(D);
637         Result.resolveKind();
638         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
639       }
640     }
641 
642     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
643     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
644     // "struct", or "union".
645     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
646         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
647       break;
648     }
649 
650     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
651     // close to this name.
652     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
653       SecondTry = true;
654       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
655                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
656                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
657         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
658         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
659         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
660         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
661 
662         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
663         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
664           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
665         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
666             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
667           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
668           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
669         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
670                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
671                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
672                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
673            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
674            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
675          }
676 
677         if (SS.isEmpty())
678           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
679             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
680             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
681         else
682           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
683             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
684             << SS.getRange()
685             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
686 
687         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
688         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
689 
690         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
691         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
692           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
693 
694         // Also update the LookupResult...
695         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
696         Result.clear();
697         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
698         if (FirstDecl) {
699           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
700           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
701             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
702         }
703 
704         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
705         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
706         // reference the ivar.
707         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
708         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
709           Result.clear();
710           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
711           return move(E);
712         }
713 
714         goto Corrected;
715       }
716     }
717 
718     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
719     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
720     return NameClassification::Unknown();
721 
722   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
723     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
724     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
725     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
726 
727     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
728     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
729     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
730     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
731     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
732     //
733     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
734     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
735     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
736     // keyword here.
737     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
738                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
739                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
740   }
741 
742   case LookupResult::Found:
743   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
744   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
745     break;
746 
747   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
748     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
749         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
750       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
751       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
752       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
753       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
754       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
755       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
756       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
757       //   ambiguous.
758       //
759       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
760       // so try again after filtering out template names.
761       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
762       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
763         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
764         break;
765       }
766     }
767 
768     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
769     return NameClassification::Error();
770   }
771 
772   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
773       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
774     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
775     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
776     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
777     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
778     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
779     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
780     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
781       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
782 
783     if (!Result.empty()) {
784       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
785       TemplateName Template;
786       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
787         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
788         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
789                                                      Result.end());
790       } else {
791         TemplateDecl *TD
792           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
793         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
794 
795         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
796           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
797                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
798                                                       TD);
799         else
800           Template = TemplateName(TD);
801       }
802 
803       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
804         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
805         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
806         // to based on which function we selected.
807         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
808 
809         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
810       }
811 
812       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
813     }
814   }
815 
816   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
817   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
818     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
819     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
820     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
821       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
822     return ParsedType::make(T);
823   }
824 
825   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
826   if (!Class) {
827     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
828     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
829                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
830       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
831   }
832 
833   if (Class) {
834     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
835 
836     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
837       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
838       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
839       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
840       return NameClassification::Unknown();
841     }
842 
843     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
844     return ParsedType::make(T);
845   }
846 
847   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
848   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
849     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
850         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
851 
852   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
853   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
854   if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
855     bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
856     if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
857          (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
858         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
859       FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
860       if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
861         DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
862         QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
863         if (SS.isNotEmpty())
864           return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
865         return ParsedType::make(T);
866       }
867     }
868   }
869 
870   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
871     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
872 
873   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
874   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
875 }
876 
877 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
878 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
879 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
880 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
881 
882   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
883   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
884   // the context we'll need to return to.
885   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
886     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
887 
888     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
889     // lexical context.
890     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
891       return DC;
892 
893     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
894     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
895     // class is the context we need to return to.
896     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
897       DC = RD;
898 
899     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
900     // declared in.
901     return DC;
902   }
903 
904   return DC->getLexicalParent();
905 }
906 
907 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
908   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
909       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
910   CurContext = DC;
911   S->setEntity(DC);
912 }
913 
914 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
915   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
916 
917   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
918   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
919 }
920 
921 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
922 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
923 ///
924 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
925   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
926   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
927   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
928   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
929   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
930   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
931   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
932   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
933   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
934   //   namespace.
935   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
936   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
937   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
938   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
939   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
940 
941   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
942 
943 #ifndef NDEBUG
944   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
945   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
946   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
947 #endif
948 
949   CurContext = DC;
950   S->setEntity(DC);
951 }
952 
953 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
954   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
955 
956   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
957   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
958   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
959   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
960   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
961 
962   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
963   // disappear.
964 }
965 
966 
967 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
968   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
969   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
970     // We assume that the caller has already called
971     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
972     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
973   }
974   if (!FD)
975     return;
976 
977   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
978   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
979   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
980     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
981   CurContext = FD;
982   S->setEntity(CurContext);
983 
984   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
985     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
986     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
987     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
988       S->AddDecl(Param);
989       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
990     }
991   }
992 }
993 
994 
995 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
996   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
997   // rather than the top-level class.
998   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
999   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1000   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1001 }
1002 
1003 
1004 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1005 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1006 ///
1007 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1008 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1009 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1010 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1011 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1012 /// attribute.
1013 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1014                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1015   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1016     return true;
1017 
1018   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1019     return true;
1020 
1021   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1022           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1023 }
1024 
1025 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1026 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1027   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1028   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1029   // scope.
1030   while (S->getEntity() &&
1031          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
1032     S = S->getParent();
1033 
1034   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1035   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1036   // into any context.
1037   if (AddToContext)
1038     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1039 
1040   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
1041   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
1042   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
1043       D->isOutOfLine() &&
1044       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1045         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1046     return;
1047 
1048   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1049   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1050       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1051     return;
1052 
1053   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1054   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1055                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1056   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1057     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1058       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1059       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1060 
1061       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1062       break;
1063     }
1064   }
1065 
1066   S->AddDecl(D);
1067 
1068   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1069     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1070     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1071     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1072     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1073       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1074       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1075         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1076           continue;
1077       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1078         break;
1079     }
1080 
1081     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1082   } else {
1083     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1084   }
1085 }
1086 
1087 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1088   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1089     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1090 }
1091 
1092 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1093                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1094   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S,
1095                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1096 }
1097 
1098 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1099   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1100   do {
1101     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
1102       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1103         return S;
1104   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1105 
1106   return 0;
1107 }
1108 
1109 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1110                                             DeclContext*,
1111                                             ASTContext&);
1112 
1113 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1114 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1115 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1116                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1117                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1118                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1119   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1120   while (F.hasNext()) {
1121     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1122 
1123     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1124       continue;
1125 
1126     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1127         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1128       continue;
1129 
1130     F.erase();
1131   }
1132 
1133   F.done();
1134 }
1135 
1136 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1137   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1138          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1139          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1140 }
1141 
1142 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1143 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1144   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1145   while (F.hasNext())
1146     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1147       F.erase();
1148 
1149   F.done();
1150 }
1151 
1152 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1153 /// @code
1154 /// class S {
1155 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1156 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1157 /// };
1158 /// @endcode
1159 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1160   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1161   // the decl here.
1162   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1163     return false;
1164 
1165   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1166     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1167   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1168     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1169   return false;
1170 }
1171 
1172 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1173   assert(D);
1174 
1175   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1176     return false;
1177 
1178   // Ignore class templates.
1179   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1180       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1181     return false;
1182 
1183   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1184     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1185       return false;
1186 
1187     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1188       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1189         return false;
1190     } else {
1191       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1192       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1193           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1194         return false;
1195     }
1196 
1197     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1198         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1199       return false;
1200   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1201     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1202         VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
1203         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1204       return false;
1205 
1206     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1207         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1208       return false;
1209 
1210   } else {
1211     return false;
1212   }
1213 
1214   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1215   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
1216     return false;
1217 
1218   return true;
1219 }
1220 
1221 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1222   if (!D)
1223     return;
1224 
1225   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1226     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1227     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1228       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1229   }
1230 
1231   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1232     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1233     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1234       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1235   }
1236 
1237   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1238     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1239 }
1240 
1241 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1242   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1243     return false;
1244 
1245   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1246     return false;
1247 
1248   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1249     return true;
1250 
1251   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1252   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1253       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1254     return false;
1255 
1256   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1257   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1258 
1259     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1260     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1261 
1262     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1263     if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
1264       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1265         return false;
1266     }
1267 
1268     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1269     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1270     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1271       return false;
1272 
1273     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1274       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1275       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1276         return false;
1277 
1278       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1279         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1280           return false;
1281 
1282         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1283           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1284             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1285           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1286             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1287             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1288               return false;
1289           }
1290         }
1291       }
1292     }
1293 
1294     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1295   }
1296 
1297   return true;
1298 }
1299 
1300 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1301                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1302   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1303     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1304                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1305     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1306       return;
1307     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1308                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1309   }
1310   return;
1311 }
1312 
1313 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1314 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1315 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1316   FixItHint Hint;
1317   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1318     return;
1319 
1320   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1321 
1322   unsigned DiagID;
1323   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1324     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1325   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1326     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1327   else
1328     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1329 
1330   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1331 }
1332 
1333 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1334   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1335   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1336   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1337   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1338     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1339 }
1340 
1341 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1342   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1343   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1344          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1345 
1346   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1347        I != E; ++I) {
1348     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1349     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1350 
1351     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1352     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1353 
1354     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1355 
1356     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1357     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
1358       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1359 
1360     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1361     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1362       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1363 
1364     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1365     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1366   }
1367 }
1368 
1369 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1370   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1371 }
1372 
1373 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1374   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1375   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1376 }
1377 
1378 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1379 ///
1380 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1381 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1382 /// to the fixed name.
1383 ///
1384 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1385 ///
1386 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1387 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1388 ///
1389 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1390 /// class could not be found.
1391 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1392                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1393                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1394   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1395   // creation from this context.
1396   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1397 
1398   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1399     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1400     // find an Objective-C class name.
1401     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1402     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1403                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1404                                        Validator)) {
1405       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1406       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1407         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1408         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1409       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1410         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1411 
1412       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1413     }
1414   }
1415   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1416   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1417   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1418       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1419   return Def;
1420 }
1421 
1422 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1423 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1424 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1425 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1426 /// ill-formed in C++:
1427 /// @code
1428 /// struct S6 {
1429 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1430 /// };
1431 ///
1432 /// void test_S6() {
1433 ///   struct S6 a;
1434 ///   a.e = BAR;
1435 /// }
1436 /// @endcode
1437 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1438 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1439 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1440 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1441 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1442 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1443 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1444 /// contain non-field names.
1445 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1446   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1447          (S->getEntity() &&
1448           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1449          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1450     S = S->getParent();
1451   return S;
1452 }
1453 
1454 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1455 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1456 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1457 /// built-in.
1458 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1459                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1460                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1461   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1462 
1463   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1464   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1465   switch (Error) {
1466   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1467     // Okay
1468     break;
1469 
1470   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1471     if (ForRedeclaration)
1472       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1473         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1474     return 0;
1475 
1476   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1477     if (ForRedeclaration)
1478       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1479         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1480     return 0;
1481 
1482   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1483     if (ForRedeclaration)
1484       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1485         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1486     return 0;
1487   }
1488 
1489   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1490     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1491       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1492       << R;
1493     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1494         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1495           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1496       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1497         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1498         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1499   }
1500 
1501   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1502                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1503                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1504                                            SC_Extern,
1505                                            SC_None, false,
1506                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1507   New->setImplicit();
1508 
1509   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1510   // FunctionDecl.
1511   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1512     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1513     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1514       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1515         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1516                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1517                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1518                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
1519       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1520       Params.push_back(parm);
1521     }
1522     New->setParams(Params);
1523   }
1524 
1525   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1526 
1527   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1528   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1529   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1530   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1531   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1532   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1533   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1534   CurContext = SavedContext;
1535   return New;
1536 }
1537 
1538 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1539   QualType OldType;
1540   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1541     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1542   else
1543     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1544   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1545 
1546   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1547     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1548     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1549     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1550       << Kind << NewType;
1551     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1552       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1553     New->setInvalidDecl();
1554     return true;
1555   }
1556 
1557   if (OldType != NewType &&
1558       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1559       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1560       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1561     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1562     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1563       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1564     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1565       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1566     New->setInvalidDecl();
1567     return true;
1568   }
1569   return false;
1570 }
1571 
1572 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1573 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1574 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1575 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1576 ///
1577 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1578   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1579   // merging checks.
1580   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1581 
1582   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1583   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1584   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1585     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1586     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1587     default: break;
1588     case 2:
1589       {
1590         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1591           break;
1592         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1593         if (!T->isPointerType())
1594           break;
1595         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1596           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1597           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1598             break;
1599         }
1600         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1601         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1602         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1603         return;
1604       }
1605     case 5:
1606       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1607         break;
1608       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1609       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1610       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1611       return;
1612     case 3:
1613       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1614         break;
1615       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1616       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1617       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1618       return;
1619     }
1620     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1621   }
1622 
1623   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1624   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1625   if (!Old) {
1626     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1627       << New->getDeclName();
1628 
1629     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1630     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1631       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1632 
1633     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1634   }
1635 
1636   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1637   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1638     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1639 
1640   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1641   // with any extensions enabled.
1642   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1643     return;
1644 
1645   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1646   // declaration was a typedef.
1647   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1648     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1649 
1650   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1651     return;
1652 
1653   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1654     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1655     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1656     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1657     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1658     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1659       return;
1660 
1661     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1662     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1663     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1664     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1665     //
1666     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1667     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1668     //
1669     //   struct S {
1670     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1671     //   };
1672     //
1673     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1674     // allow the above but disallow
1675     //
1676     //   struct S {
1677     //     typedef int I;
1678     //     typedef int I;
1679     //   };
1680     //
1681     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1682     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1683       return;
1684 
1685     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1686       << New->getDeclName();
1687     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1688     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1689   }
1690 
1691   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1692   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1693     return;
1694 
1695   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1696   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1697   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1698   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1699   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1700       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1701        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1702     return;
1703 
1704   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1705     << New->getDeclName();
1706   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1707   return;
1708 }
1709 
1710 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1711 /// attribute.
1712 static bool
1713 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1714   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1715   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1716   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1717   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1718   if (AA)
1719     return false;
1720 
1721   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1722   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1723   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1724     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1725       if (Ann) {
1726         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1727           return true;
1728         continue;
1729       }
1730       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1731       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1732         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1733       return true;
1734     }
1735 
1736   return false;
1737 }
1738 
1739 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) {
1740   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1741   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1742     NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1743                                     AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1744                                     AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1745                                     AA->getMessage());
1746   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1747     NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility());
1748   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1749     NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange());
1750   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1751     NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange());
1752   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1753     NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1754                               FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg());
1755   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1756     NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName());
1757   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1758     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context));
1759 
1760   if (NewAttr) {
1761     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1762     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1763     return true;
1764   }
1765 
1766   return false;
1767 }
1768 
1769 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1770   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1771     return TD->getDefinition();
1772   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1773     return VD->getDefinition();
1774   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1775     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1776     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
1777       return Def;
1778   }
1779   return NULL;
1780 }
1781 
1782 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
1783   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
1784        I != E; ++I) {
1785     Attr *Attribute = *I;
1786     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
1787       return true;
1788   }
1789   return false;
1790 }
1791 
1792 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
1793 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
1794 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
1795   if (!New->hasAttrs())
1796     return;
1797 
1798   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
1799   if (!Def || Def == New)
1800     return;
1801 
1802   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
1803   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
1804     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
1805     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
1806       ++I;
1807       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
1808     }
1809     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
1810            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
1811     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1812     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
1813     --E;
1814   }
1815 }
1816 
1817 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1818 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old,
1819                                bool MergeDeprecation) {
1820   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
1821   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
1822 
1823   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
1824     return;
1825 
1826   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
1827 
1828   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1829   // we process them.
1830   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1831 
1832   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
1833          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
1834          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
1835        i != e; ++i) {
1836     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
1837     if (!MergeDeprecation &&
1838         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
1839          isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
1840          isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)))
1841       continue;
1842 
1843     if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i))
1844       foundAny = true;
1845   }
1846 
1847   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
1848 }
1849 
1850 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
1851 /// to the new one.
1852 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
1853                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
1854                                      ASTContext &C) {
1855   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1856     return;
1857 
1858   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1859 
1860   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
1861   // done before we process them.
1862   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1863 
1864   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
1865        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
1866        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1867     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1868       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1869       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1870       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1871       foundAny = true;
1872     }
1873   }
1874 
1875   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1876 }
1877 
1878 namespace {
1879 
1880 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1881 /// C.
1882 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1883   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1884   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1885   QualType PromotedType;
1886 };
1887 
1888 }
1889 
1890 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1891 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1892   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1893     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
1894       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
1895 
1896     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1897       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1898 
1899     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
1900       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
1901   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
1902     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1903   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
1904     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1905   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
1906     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
1907   }
1908 
1909   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
1910 }
1911 
1912 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1913 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1914 /// GNU89 mode.
1915 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
1916                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
1917   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
1918           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
1919           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1920           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
1921 }
1922 
1923 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1924 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1925 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1926 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1927 ///
1928 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1929 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1930 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
1931 /// merged with.
1932 ///
1933 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
1934 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) {
1935   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
1936   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
1937   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
1938         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
1939     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1940   else
1941     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
1942   if (!Old) {
1943     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
1944       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
1945       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
1946            diag::note_using_decl_target);
1947       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
1948            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
1949       return true;
1950     }
1951 
1952     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1953       << New->getDeclName();
1954     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1955     return true;
1956   }
1957 
1958   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
1959   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
1960   diag::kind PrevDiag;
1961   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1962     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
1963   else if (Old->isImplicit())
1964     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
1965   else
1966     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
1967 
1968   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
1969   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1970 
1971   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
1972   // is an extern inline function.
1973   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
1974       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1975       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
1976       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
1977     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
1978       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
1979       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1980     } else {
1981       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
1982       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1983       return true;
1984     }
1985   }
1986 
1987   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
1988   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
1989   // calling convention of the first.
1990   //
1991   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
1992   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
1993   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
1994   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
1995   // because it is the default calling convention.
1996   //
1997   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
1998   // other tests to run.
1999   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2000   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2001   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2002   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2003   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2004   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default &&
2005       NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
2006     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2007     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2008   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
2009                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
2010     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
2011     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2012       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2013       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
2014       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
2015           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
2016     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2017     return true;
2018   }
2019 
2020   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2021   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2022     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2023     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2024   }
2025 
2026   // Merge regparm attribute.
2027   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2028       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2029     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2030       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2031         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2032         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2033       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2034       return true;
2035     }
2036 
2037     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2038     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2039   }
2040 
2041   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2042   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2043     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2044       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2045       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2046       return true;
2047     }
2048 
2049     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2050     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2051   }
2052 
2053   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2054     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
2055     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
2056     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2057   }
2058 
2059   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2060     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2061     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2062     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2063     //        cannot be overloaded.
2064     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2065     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2066     QualType ResQT;
2067     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2068       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2069           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2070         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2071       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2072         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2073           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2074                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2075         else
2076           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2077         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2078         return true;
2079       }
2080       else
2081         NewQType = ResQT;
2082     }
2083 
2084     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2085     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2086     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2087       // Preserve triviality.
2088       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2089 
2090       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2091       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2092       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2093       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2094                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2095                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2096       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2097 
2098       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2099           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2100         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2101         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2102         //       is a static member function declaration.
2103         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2104           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2105           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2106           return true;
2107         }
2108 
2109         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2110         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2111         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2112         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2113         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2114           unsigned NewDiag;
2115           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2116             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2117           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2118             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2119           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2120             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2121           else
2122             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2123 
2124           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2125         } else {
2126           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2127             << New << New->getType();
2128         }
2129         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2130 
2131       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2132       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2133       //
2134       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2135       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2136       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2137         if (isFriend) {
2138           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2139         } else {
2140           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2141                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2142             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2143           return true;
2144         }
2145       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2146         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2147              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2148           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2149         return true;
2150       }
2151     }
2152 
2153     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2154     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2155     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2156     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2157 
2158     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2159     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2160     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2161       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2162       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2163         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2164       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2165       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2166     }
2167 
2168     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2169       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2170 
2171     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2172   }
2173 
2174   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2175   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2176   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2177       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2178     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2179     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2180     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2181     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2182         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2183       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2184       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2185       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2186       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2187                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2188       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2189                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
2190                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2191       New->setType(NewQType);
2192       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2193 
2194       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2195       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2196       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2197              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2198              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2199            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2200         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2201                                                  SourceLocation(),
2202                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2203                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2204                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
2205                                                  0);
2206         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2207         Param->setImplicit();
2208         Params.push_back(Param);
2209       }
2210 
2211       New->setParams(Params);
2212     }
2213 
2214     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2215   }
2216 
2217   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2218   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2219   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2220   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2221   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2222   // the prototype.
2223   //
2224   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2225   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2226   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2227   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2228   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2229       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2230       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2231       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2232     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2233     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2234     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2235       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2236     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2237       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2238 
2239     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2240     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2241                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2242     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2243     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2244          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2245       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2246       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2247       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2248                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2249         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2250       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2251                                             NewParm->getType(),
2252                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2253         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2254           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2255         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2256         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2257       } else
2258         LooseCompatible = false;
2259     }
2260 
2261     if (LooseCompatible) {
2262       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2263         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2264              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2265           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2266           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2267         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2268           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2269                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2270       }
2271 
2272       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
2273                                            ArgTypes.size(),
2274                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2275       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2276     }
2277 
2278     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2279   }
2280 
2281   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
2282   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
2283   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
2284     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
2285     // signature.
2286     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2287       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
2288       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
2289       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
2290       // library built-in.
2291       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2292       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2293         << Old << Old->getType();
2294       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2295       Old->setInvalidDecl();
2296       return false;
2297     }
2298 
2299     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2300   }
2301 
2302   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2303   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2304   return true;
2305 }
2306 
2307 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2308 /// known to be compatible.
2309 ///
2310 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2311 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2312 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2313 /// redeclaration of Old.
2314 ///
2315 /// \returns false
2316 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2317                                         Scope *S) {
2318   // Merge the attributes
2319   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2320 
2321   // Merge the storage class.
2322   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
2323       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
2324     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2325 
2326   // Merge "pure" flag.
2327   if (Old->isPure())
2328     New->setPure();
2329 
2330   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2331   // declarations.
2332   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2333     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2334       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2335                                Context);
2336 
2337   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2338     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2339 
2340   return false;
2341 }
2342 
2343 
2344 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2345                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2346 
2347   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2348   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true);
2349 
2350   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2351   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2352                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2353   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2354          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2355        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2356     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
2357 
2358   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
2359 }
2360 
2361 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2362 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2363 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2364 ///
2365 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2366 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2367 /// is attached.
2368 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
2369   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2370     return;
2371 
2372   QualType MergedT;
2373   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2374     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
2375     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
2376       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2377       return;
2378     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2379       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2380       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2381     }
2382     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2383     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2384     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2385     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2386     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2387     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2388              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2389       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2390         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2391       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2392         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2393       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2394         MergedT = New->getType();
2395     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2396              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2397       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2398         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2399       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2400         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2401       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2402         MergedT = Old->getType();
2403     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2404                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2405         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2406                                                         Old->getType());
2407     }
2408   } else {
2409     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2410   }
2411   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2412     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2413       << New->getDeclName();
2414     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2415     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2416   }
2417   New->setType(MergedT);
2418 }
2419 
2420 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2421 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2422 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2423 ///
2424 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2425 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2426 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2427 ///
2428 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2429   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2430   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2431     return;
2432 
2433   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2434   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2435   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2436       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2437     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2438       << New->getDeclName();
2439     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2440          diag::note_previous_definition);
2441     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2442   }
2443 
2444   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2445   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2446   //
2447   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2448   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2449     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2450       << New->getIdentifier();
2451     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2452     New->setInvalidDecl();
2453   }
2454 
2455   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2456   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2457   // declaration
2458   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2459       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2460       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2461     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2462     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2463     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2464     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2465   }
2466 
2467   // Merge the types.
2468   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
2469   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2470     return;
2471 
2472   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
2473   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2474       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
2475     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2476     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2477     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2478   }
2479   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2480   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2481   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2482   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2483   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2484   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2485   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2486   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2487   //   identifier has external linkage.
2488   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2489     /* Okay */;
2490   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2491            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2492     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2493     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2494     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2495   }
2496 
2497   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2498   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2499       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2500     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2501     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2502     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2503   }
2504   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
2505       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2506     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2507     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2508     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2509   }
2510 
2511   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2512 
2513   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2514   // need to check for mismatches.
2515   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2516       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2517       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2518         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2519     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2520     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2521     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2522   }
2523 
2524   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2525     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2526     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2527   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2528     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2529     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2530   }
2531 
2532   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2533   const VarDecl *Def;
2534   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2535       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2536       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
2537     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2538       << New->getDeclName();
2539     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2540     New->setInvalidDecl();
2541     return;
2542   }
2543   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
2544   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
2545   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
2546   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
2547   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
2548   // specified at the prior declaration.
2549   // FIXME. revisit this code.
2550   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2551       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
2552       New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext())
2553     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2554 
2555   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
2556   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
2557 
2558   // Inherit access appropriately.
2559   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
2560 }
2561 
2562 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2563 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
2564 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2565                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
2566   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS,
2567                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
2568 }
2569 
2570 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2571 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
2572 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
2573 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2574                                        DeclSpec &DS,
2575                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
2576   Decl *TagD = 0;
2577   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
2578   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2579       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2580       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2581       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2582     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
2583 
2584     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
2585       return 0;
2586 
2587     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
2588     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
2589     // it's a Type.
2590     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
2591       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
2592     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
2593       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
2594   }
2595 
2596   if (Tag) {
2597     Tag->setFreeStanding();
2598     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
2599       return Tag;
2600   }
2601 
2602   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2603     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
2604     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
2605     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2606       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2607            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
2608            << DS.getSourceRange();
2609   }
2610 
2611   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
2612     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
2613     // and definitions of functions and variables.
2614     if (Tag)
2615       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
2616         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2617             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2618             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
2619     else
2620       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
2621     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
2622     return TagD;
2623   }
2624 
2625   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
2626     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
2627     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
2628     if (TagD && !Tag)
2629       return 0;
2630     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
2631   }
2632 
2633   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
2634   // declarators.
2635   bool emittedWarning = false;
2636 
2637   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2638     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
2639         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2640       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
2641           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
2642         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
2643 
2644       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2645         << DS.getSourceRange();
2646       emittedWarning = true;
2647     }
2648   }
2649 
2650   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
2651   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2652       CurContext->isRecord() &&
2653       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
2654     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
2655     //   struct STRUCT;
2656     // and
2657     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
2658     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
2659     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
2660         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
2661          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
2662       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
2663         << DS.getSourceRange();
2664       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
2665     }
2666   }
2667 
2668   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2669       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2670     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
2671       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
2672           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
2673         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2674           << DS.getSourceRange();
2675         emittedWarning = true;
2676       }
2677 
2678   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
2679   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
2680 
2681   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
2682     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
2683     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
2684     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2685         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
2686       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
2687         << DS.getSourceRange();
2688       return Tag;
2689     }
2690 
2691     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2692       << DS.getSourceRange();
2693     emittedWarning = true;
2694   }
2695 
2696   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
2697   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
2698   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
2699   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
2700     return TagD;
2701 
2702   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
2703   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
2704   // useless.
2705   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
2706     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
2707       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
2708         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
2709 
2710   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
2711     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
2712   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2713     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2714       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
2715     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2716       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
2717     // Restrict is covered above.
2718   }
2719   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
2720     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
2721   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
2722     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
2723   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
2724     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
2725 
2726   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
2727       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2728     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
2729       << Tag->getTagKind()
2730       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
2731 
2732   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
2733   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
2734   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
2735   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
2736     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
2737     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2738         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2739         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2740         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2741       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
2742       while (attrs) {
2743         Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(),
2744              diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
2745         << attrs->getName()
2746         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2747             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2748             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
2749         attrs = attrs->getNext();
2750       }
2751     }
2752   }
2753 
2754   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
2755 
2756   return TagD;
2757 }
2758 
2759 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
2760 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
2761 ///
2762 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
2763 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
2764                                          Scope *S,
2765                                          DeclContext *Owner,
2766                                          DeclarationName Name,
2767                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2768                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
2769   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
2770                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
2771   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
2772 
2773   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
2774     return false;
2775 
2776   // Pick a representative declaration.
2777   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2778   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
2779 
2780   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
2781     return false;
2782 
2783   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
2784   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2785 
2786   return true;
2787 }
2788 
2789 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
2790 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
2791 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
2792 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
2793 /// struct, e.g.,
2794 ///
2795 /// @code
2796 /// union {
2797 ///   int i;
2798 ///   float f;
2799 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
2800 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
2801 /// @endcode
2802 ///
2803 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
2804 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
2805 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
2806                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
2807                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
2808                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
2809                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
2810                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
2811   unsigned diagKind
2812     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
2813                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
2814 
2815   bool Invalid = false;
2816 
2817   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
2818   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
2819                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
2820        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2821     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
2822         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
2823       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
2824       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
2825                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
2826         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2827         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
2828         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
2829         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
2830         Invalid = true;
2831       } else {
2832         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2833         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
2834         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
2835         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
2836         //   anonymous union is declared.
2837         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
2838         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2839           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
2840                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
2841             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
2842         else
2843           Chaining.push_back(VD);
2844 
2845         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
2846         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
2847           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
2848         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
2849           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
2850 
2851         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
2852           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
2853                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
2854                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
2855 
2856         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2857         IndirectField->setImplicit();
2858         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
2859 
2860         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
2861         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2862 
2863         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
2864       }
2865     }
2866   }
2867 
2868   return Invalid;
2869 }
2870 
2871 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2872 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2873 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2874 static StorageClass
2875 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2876   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2877   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2878   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2879   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2880   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
2881   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
2882   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2883     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2884   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2885   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2886   }
2887   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2888 }
2889 
2890 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2891 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2892 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2893 static StorageClass
2894 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2895   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2896   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2897   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2898   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2899   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2900     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2901   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
2902   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2903   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
2904   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2905   }
2906   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2907 }
2908 
2909 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
2910 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
2911 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
2912 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
2913 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2914                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
2915                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
2916   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
2917 
2918   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
2919   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
2920     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
2921   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2922     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
2923   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
2924     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
2925 
2926   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
2927   // structs/unions.
2928   bool Invalid = false;
2929   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2930     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
2931     unsigned DiagID;
2932     if (Record->isUnion()) {
2933       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2934       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
2935       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
2936       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
2937           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
2938            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
2939             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
2940         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
2941           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
2942 
2943         // Recover by adding 'static'.
2944         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
2945                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2946       }
2947       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2948       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
2949       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
2950       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
2951                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2952         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
2953              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
2954           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
2955 
2956         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
2957         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
2958                                SourceLocation(),
2959                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2960       }
2961     }
2962 
2963     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
2964     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2965       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2966         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2967           << Record->isUnion() << 0
2968           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
2969       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2970         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
2971              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2972           << Record->isUnion() << 1
2973           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
2974       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2975         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2976              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2977           << Record->isUnion() << 2
2978           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
2979 
2980       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
2981     }
2982 
2983     // C++ [class.union]p2:
2984     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
2985     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
2986     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
2987     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
2988                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
2989          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
2990       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
2991         // C++ [class.union]p3:
2992         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
2993         //   members (clause 11).
2994         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
2995         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
2996           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
2997             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
2998           Invalid = true;
2999         }
3000 
3001         // C++ [class.union]p1
3002         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3003         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3004         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3005         //   array of such objects.
3006         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3007           Invalid = true;
3008       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3009         // Any implicit members are fine.
3010       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3011         // This is a type that showed up in an
3012         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3013         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3014         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3015       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3016         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3017             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3018           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3019           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3020             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3021               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3022           else {
3023             // This is a nested type declaration.
3024             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3025               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3026             Invalid = true;
3027           }
3028         }
3029       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3030         // Any access specifier is fine.
3031       } else {
3032         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3033         // member. Complain about it.
3034         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3035         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3036           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3037         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3038           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3039         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3040           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3041 
3042         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3043         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3044             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3045           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3046             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3047         else {
3048           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3049               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3050           Invalid = true;
3051         }
3052       }
3053     }
3054   }
3055 
3056   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3057     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3058       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3059     Invalid = true;
3060   }
3061 
3062   // Mock up a declarator.
3063   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3064   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3065   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3066 
3067   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3068   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3069   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3070     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3071                              DS.getLocStart(),
3072                              Record->getLocation(),
3073                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3074                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3075                              TInfo,
3076                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3077                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3078     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3079     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3080       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3081   } else {
3082     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3083     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3084            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3085     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3086     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3087       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3088       // an error here
3089       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3090       Invalid = true;
3091       SC = SC_None;
3092     }
3093     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3094     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3095       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3096 
3097     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3098                            DS.getLocStart(),
3099                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3100                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3101                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3102 
3103     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3104     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3105     // initializer:
3106     //   union { int n = 0; };
3107     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3108   }
3109   Anon->setImplicit();
3110 
3111   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3112   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3113   // its members.
3114   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3115 
3116   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3117   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3118   // purposes.
3119   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3120   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3121 
3122   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3123                                           Chain, false))
3124     Invalid = true;
3125 
3126   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3127   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3128   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3129   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3130   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3131   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3132   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3133 
3134   if (Invalid)
3135     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3136 
3137   return Anon;
3138 }
3139 
3140 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3141 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3142 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3143 /// Example:
3144 ///
3145 /// struct A { int a; };
3146 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3147 ///
3148 /// void foo() {
3149 ///   B var;
3150 ///   var.a = 3;
3151 /// }
3152 ///
3153 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3154                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3155 
3156   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3157   if (!Record)
3158     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3159 
3160   // Mock up a declarator.
3161   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3162   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3163   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3164 
3165   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3166   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3167                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3168                              DS.getLocStart(),
3169                              DS.getLocStart(),
3170                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3171                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3172                              TInfo,
3173                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3174                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3175   Anon->setImplicit();
3176 
3177   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3178   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3179 
3180   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3181   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3182   // purposes.
3183   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3184   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3185 
3186   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3187   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3188                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3189                                                         Chain, true))
3190     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3191 
3192   return Anon;
3193 }
3194 
3195 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3196 /// given Declarator.
3197 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3198   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3199 }
3200 
3201 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3202 DeclarationNameInfo
3203 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3204   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3205   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3206 
3207   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3208 
3209   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3210   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3211     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3212     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3213     return NameInfo;
3214 
3215   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3216     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3217                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3218     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3219     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3220       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3221     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3222       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3223     return NameInfo;
3224 
3225   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3226     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3227                                                            Name.Identifier));
3228     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3229     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3230     return NameInfo;
3231 
3232   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3233     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3234     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3235     if (Ty.isNull())
3236       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3237     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3238                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3239     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3240     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3241     return NameInfo;
3242   }
3243 
3244   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3245     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3246     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3247     if (Ty.isNull())
3248       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3249     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3250                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3251     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3252     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3253     return NameInfo;
3254   }
3255 
3256   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3257     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3258     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3259     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3260     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3261     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3262       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3263 
3264     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3265     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3266 
3267     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3268     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3269     // was qualified.
3270 
3271     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3272                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3273     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3274     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3275     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3276     return NameInfo;
3277   }
3278 
3279   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3280     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3281     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3282     if (Ty.isNull())
3283       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3284     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3285                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3286     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3287     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3288     return NameInfo;
3289   }
3290 
3291   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3292     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3293     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3294     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3295   }
3296 
3297   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3298 
3299   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3300 }
3301 
3302 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3303   do {
3304     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3305       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3306     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3307       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3308     else
3309       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3310   } while (true);
3311 }
3312 
3313 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3314 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3315 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3316 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3317 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3318 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3319 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3320 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3321                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3322                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3323                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3324   Params.clear();
3325   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3326     return false;
3327   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3328     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3329     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3330 
3331     // The parameter types are identical
3332     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3333       continue;
3334 
3335     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3336     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3337     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3338     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3339 
3340     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3341         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3342       Params.push_back(Idx);
3343     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3344       return false;
3345   }
3346 
3347   return true;
3348 }
3349 
3350 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3351 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3352 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3353 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3354 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3355 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3356                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3357   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3358   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3359   //   - types which will become injected class names
3360   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3361   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3362   // few cases here.
3363 
3364   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3365   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3366   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3367   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3368   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3369   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3370   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3371     // Grab the type from the parser.
3372     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3373     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3374     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3375 
3376     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3377     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3378     // attached already.
3379     if (!TSI)
3380       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3381 
3382     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3383     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3384     if (!TSI) return true;
3385 
3386     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3387     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3388     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3389     break;
3390   }
3391 
3392   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3393     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3394     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3395     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3396     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3397     break;
3398   }
3399 
3400   default:
3401     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3402     break;
3403   }
3404 
3405   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3406   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3407     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3408 
3409     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3410     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3411     // pointer.
3412     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3413       continue;
3414 
3415     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3416     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3417     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3418       return true;
3419   }
3420 
3421   return false;
3422 }
3423 
3424 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3425   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3426   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
3427 
3428   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3429       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3430     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3431 
3432   return Dcl;
3433 }
3434 
3435 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3436 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3437 ///   name different from T:
3438 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3439 ///     - every member function of class T
3440 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3441 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3442 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3443                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3444   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3445 
3446   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3447     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3448       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3449       return true;
3450     }
3451 
3452   return false;
3453 }
3454 
3455 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
3456 /// nested-name-specifier.
3457 ///
3458 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3459 ///
3460 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
3461 /// resolves.
3462 ///
3463 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
3464 ///
3465 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
3466 ///
3467 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
3468 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
3469                                         DeclarationName Name,
3470                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
3471   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3472   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3473     Cur = Cur->getParent();
3474 
3475   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3476   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
3477   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
3478   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
3479   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
3480   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
3481   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
3482   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
3483 
3484   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
3485   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
3486   //
3487   // class X {
3488   //   void X::f();
3489   // };
3490   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
3491     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_member_extra_qualification)
3492       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
3493     SS.clear();
3494     return false;
3495   }
3496 
3497   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
3498   // declaration.
3499   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3500     if (Cur->isRecord())
3501       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3502         << Name << SS.getRange();
3503     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
3504       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3505         << Name << SS.getRange();
3506     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3507       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
3508         << Name << SS.getRange();
3509     else
3510       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
3511       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
3512 
3513     return true;
3514   }
3515 
3516   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
3517     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
3518     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3519       << Name << SS.getRange();
3520     SS.clear();
3521 
3522     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
3523     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
3524     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
3525     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
3526          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
3527         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
3528                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
3529       return true;
3530 
3531     return false;
3532   }
3533 
3534   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
3535   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
3536   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
3537   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
3538   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
3539     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
3540   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
3541         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
3542     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
3543       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
3544 
3545   return false;
3546 }
3547 
3548 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
3549                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3550   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3551   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3552   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3553 
3554   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
3555   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
3556   if (!Name) {
3557     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
3558       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
3559            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
3560         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
3561     return 0;
3562   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
3563     return 0;
3564 
3565   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
3566   // we find one that is.
3567   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
3568          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
3569     S = S->getParent();
3570 
3571   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
3572   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
3573     D.setInvalidType();
3574   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3575     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3576                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
3577       return 0;
3578 
3579     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3580     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
3581     if (!DC) {
3582       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
3583       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
3584       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
3585       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
3586       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3587            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
3588         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
3589         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3590       return 0;
3591     }
3592     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
3593 
3594     if (!IsDependentContext &&
3595         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
3596       return 0;
3597 
3598     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
3599       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3600            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
3601         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3602       D.setInvalidType();
3603     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3604       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
3605                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
3606         if (DC->isRecord())
3607           return 0;
3608 
3609         D.setInvalidType();
3610       }
3611     }
3612 
3613     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
3614     // declaration in the current instantiation.
3615     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
3616         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
3617       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
3618       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
3619         D.setInvalidType();
3620     }
3621   }
3622 
3623   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
3624     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
3625     // Just return early; it's safer.
3626     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3627       return 0;
3628 
3629   NamedDecl *New;
3630 
3631   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
3632   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3633 
3634   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
3635                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
3636     D.setInvalidType();
3637 
3638   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
3639                         ForRedeclaration);
3640 
3641   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
3642   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3643     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
3644 
3645     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
3646     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
3647     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
3648     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3649       /* Do nothing*/;
3650     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3651       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3652           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3653         IsLinkageLookup = true;
3654     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
3655       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3656     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
3657              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3658       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3659 
3660     if (IsLinkageLookup)
3661       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
3662 
3663     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
3664   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
3665     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
3666 
3667     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3668     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
3669     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
3670     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
3671     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
3672     //  thereof; [...]
3673     //
3674     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
3675     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
3676     // we want to match. For example, given:
3677     //
3678     //   class X {
3679     //     void f();
3680     //     void f(float);
3681     //   };
3682     //
3683     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
3684     //
3685     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
3686     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
3687     // matches.
3688 
3689     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3690     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
3691     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
3692     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3693     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
3694   }
3695 
3696   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3697       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
3698     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
3699     if (!D.isInvalidType())
3700       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3701                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
3702 
3703     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
3704     Previous.clear();
3705   }
3706 
3707   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
3708   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
3709   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
3710   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
3711   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
3712       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3713     Previous.clear();
3714 
3715   bool AddToScope = true;
3716   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3717     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
3718       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
3719       return 0;
3720     }
3721 
3722     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
3723   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3724     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3725                                   move(TemplateParamLists),
3726                                   AddToScope);
3727   } else {
3728     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3729                                   move(TemplateParamLists));
3730   }
3731 
3732   if (New == 0)
3733     return 0;
3734 
3735   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
3736   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
3737   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
3738        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
3739     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
3740 
3741   return New;
3742 }
3743 
3744 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
3745 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
3746 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
3747 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
3748                                                     ASTContext &Context,
3749                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
3750                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3751   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
3752   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
3753   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
3754   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
3755   SizeIsNegative = false;
3756   Oversized = 0;
3757 
3758   if (T->isDependentType())
3759     return QualType();
3760 
3761   QualifierCollector Qs;
3762   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
3763 
3764   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
3765     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
3766     QualType FixedType =
3767         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3768                                             Oversized);
3769     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3770     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
3771     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3772   }
3773   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
3774     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
3775     QualType FixedType =
3776         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3777                                             Oversized);
3778     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3779     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
3780     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3781   }
3782 
3783   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
3784   if (!VLATy)
3785     return QualType();
3786   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
3787   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
3788     return QualType();
3789 
3790   llvm::APSInt Res;
3791   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
3792       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
3793     return QualType();
3794 
3795   // Check whether the array size is negative.
3796   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
3797     SizeIsNegative = true;
3798     return QualType();
3799   }
3800 
3801   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
3802   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
3803     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
3804                                               Res);
3805   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
3806     Oversized = Res;
3807     return QualType();
3808   }
3809 
3810   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
3811                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3812 }
3813 
3814 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
3815 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
3816 void
3817 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
3818                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
3819                                        Scope *S) {
3820   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3821          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
3822   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
3823   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
3824 
3825   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
3826     return;
3827 
3828   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
3829 
3830   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
3831   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
3832   // declaration.
3833   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
3834     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
3835     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
3836 
3837     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
3838       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
3839       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
3840       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
3841       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
3842 
3843     } else {
3844       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
3845       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
3846         S = S->getParent();
3847     }
3848 
3849     if (S)
3850       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
3851   }
3852 }
3853 
3854 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
3855 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
3856   if (ExternalSource) {
3857     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
3858     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
3859     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls);
3860     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
3861       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
3862         = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
3863       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
3864         LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
3865     }
3866   }
3867 
3868   return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name);
3869 }
3870 
3871 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
3872 /// does not identify a function.
3873 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
3874   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
3875   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
3876   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
3877     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
3878          diag::err_inline_non_function);
3879 
3880   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
3881     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3882          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
3883 
3884   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
3885     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3886          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
3887 }
3888 
3889 NamedDecl*
3890 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
3891                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
3892   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3893   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3894     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
3895       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3896     D.setInvalidType();
3897     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
3898     DC = CurContext;
3899     Previous.clear();
3900   }
3901 
3902   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3903     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3904     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3905   }
3906 
3907   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3908 
3909   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
3910     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
3911   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
3912     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
3913       << 1;
3914 
3915   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
3916     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
3917       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
3918     return 0;
3919   }
3920 
3921   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
3922   if (!NewTD) return 0;
3923 
3924   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
3925   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
3926 
3927   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
3928 
3929   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
3930   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3931   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
3932   return ND;
3933 }
3934 
3935 void
3936 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3937   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
3938   // then it shall have block scope.
3939   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
3940   // that redeclarations will match.
3941   QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
3942   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
3943     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
3944 
3945     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3946       bool SizeIsNegative;
3947       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
3948       QualType FixedTy =
3949           TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3950                                               Oversized);
3951       if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
3952         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
3953         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
3954       } else {
3955         if (SizeIsNegative)
3956           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
3957         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
3958           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
3959         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
3960           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
3961             << Oversized.toString(10);
3962         else
3963           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
3964         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
3965       }
3966     }
3967   }
3968 }
3969 
3970 
3971 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
3972 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
3973 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
3974 NamedDecl*
3975 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
3976                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
3977   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
3978   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
3979   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
3980                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
3981   if (!Previous.empty()) {
3982     Redeclaration = true;
3983     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
3984   }
3985 
3986   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
3987   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
3988     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
3989         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
3990       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
3991         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
3992       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
3993         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3994       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
3995         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3996       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
3997         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
3998     }
3999 
4000   return NewTD;
4001 }
4002 
4003 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4004 /// previous declaration.
4005 ///
4006 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4007 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4008 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4009 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4010 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4011 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4012 ///
4013 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4014 /// lookup
4015 ///
4016 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4017 /// declared.
4018 ///
4019 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4020 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4021 static bool
4022 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4023                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4024   if (!PrevDecl)
4025     return false;
4026 
4027   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4028     return false;
4029 
4030   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4031     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4032     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4033     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4034     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4035     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4036     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4037     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4038     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4039       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4040       return false;
4041 
4042     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4043     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4044       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4045       return false;
4046 
4047     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4048     // previous declarations.
4049     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4050     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4051 
4052     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4053     // isn't the same function.
4054     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4055       return false;
4056   }
4057 
4058   return true;
4059 }
4060 
4061 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4062   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4063   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4064   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4065 }
4066 
4067 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4068   QualType type = decl->getType();
4069   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4070   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4071     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4072     unsigned kind = -1U;
4073     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4074       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4075         kind = 0; // __block
4076       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4077         kind = 1; // global
4078     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4079       kind = 3; // ivar
4080     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4081       kind = 2; // field
4082     }
4083 
4084     if (kind != -1U) {
4085       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4086         << kind;
4087     }
4088   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4089     // Try to infer lifetime.
4090     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4091       return false;
4092 
4093     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4094     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4095     decl->setType(type);
4096   }
4097 
4098   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4099     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4100     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4101         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
4102       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4103         << var->getType();
4104       return true;
4105     }
4106   }
4107 
4108   return false;
4109 }
4110 
4111 NamedDecl*
4112 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4113                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4114                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4115   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4116   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4117 
4118   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4119   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4120     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4121 
4122   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4123   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4124          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4125   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4126   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4127     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4128     // an error here
4129     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4130     D.setInvalidType();
4131     SC = SC_None;
4132   }
4133   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4134   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4135     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4136 
4137   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4138   if (!II) {
4139     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4140       << Name;
4141     return 0;
4142   }
4143 
4144   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
4145 
4146   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4147     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4148     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4149     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4150 
4151       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4152       // is a GNU extension.
4153       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4154         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4155       else
4156         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4157       D.setInvalidType();
4158     }
4159   }
4160 
4161   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4162     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4163     // OpenCL __local address space.
4164     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
4165       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4166   }
4167 
4168   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4169   VarDecl *NewVD;
4170   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4171     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4172                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4173                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4174 
4175     if (D.isInvalidType())
4176       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4177   } else {
4178     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4179       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4180       if (SC == SC_Static) {
4181         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4182              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4183           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4184       } else if (SC == SC_None)
4185         SC = SC_Static;
4186     }
4187     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
4188       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
4189         if (RD->isLocalClass())
4190           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4191                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
4192             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
4193 
4194         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
4195         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
4196         if (RD->isUnion())
4197           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4198                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x
4199                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
4200                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
4201         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
4202         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
4203           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4204                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
4205             << Name << RD->isUnion();
4206       }
4207     }
4208 
4209     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4210     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4211     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4212     bool Invalid = false;
4213     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4214         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4215                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4216                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4217                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4218                                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
4219                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4220                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
4221                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4222                                                   Invalid)) {
4223       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4224         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
4225         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
4226           << II
4227           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4228                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4229         return 0;
4230       } else {
4231         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
4232         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
4233         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4234              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
4235           << II
4236           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4237                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4238       }
4239     }
4240 
4241     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4242                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4243                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4244 
4245     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
4246     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
4247     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
4248         R->getContainedAutoType())
4249       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
4250 
4251     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
4252       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4253 
4254     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
4255 
4256     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4257       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4258                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
4259                                            TemplateParamLists.release());
4260     }
4261 
4262     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4263       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
4264   }
4265 
4266   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
4267   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4268   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4269 
4270   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
4271     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4272       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
4273     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
4274       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
4275     else
4276       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
4277   }
4278 
4279   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4280     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4281       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4282         << 2
4283         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4284     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4285       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4286         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4287         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4288         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4289     else
4290       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4291   }
4292 
4293   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4294   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4295 
4296   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4297   // retainable type.
4298   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4299     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4300 
4301   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4302   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4303     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4304     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4305     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4306     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4307       switch (SC) {
4308       case SC_None:
4309       case SC_Auto:
4310         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4311         break;
4312       case SC_Register:
4313         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4314           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4315         break;
4316       case SC_Static:
4317       case SC_Extern:
4318       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4319       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4320         break;
4321       }
4322     }
4323 
4324     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4325                                                 Context, Label));
4326   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
4327     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
4328       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
4329     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
4330       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
4331       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
4332     }
4333   }
4334 
4335   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
4336   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
4337     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
4338 
4339   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
4340   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
4341   // declaration has linkage).
4342   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
4343                        isExplicitSpecialization);
4344 
4345   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4346     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4347   } else {
4348     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
4349     if (!Previous.empty()) {
4350       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4351           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
4352           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4353         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
4354         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4355         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
4356           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4357         Previous.clear();
4358         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4359       }
4360     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4361       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
4362       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
4363         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
4364         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4365       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4366     }
4367 
4368     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4369 
4370     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
4371     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4372         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
4373       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4374   }
4375 
4376   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
4377   // such variables.
4378   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
4379       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4380     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
4381 
4382   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4383   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
4384   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
4385     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
4386 
4387   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD);
4388 
4389   return NewVD;
4390 }
4391 
4392 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
4393 /// -Wshadow.
4394 ///
4395 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
4396 /// scope.
4397 ///
4398 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
4399 /// \param R the lookup of the name
4400 ///
4401 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
4402   // Return if warning is ignored.
4403   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
4404         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4405     return;
4406 
4407   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
4408   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
4409     return;
4410 
4411   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
4412 
4413   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
4414   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
4415     return;
4416 
4417   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
4418   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4419     return;
4420 
4421   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
4422   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4423     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
4424       if (MD->isStatic())
4425         return;
4426 
4427   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4428     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
4429       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
4430       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
4431       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
4432              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
4433            I != E; ++I)
4434         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
4435           ShadowedDecl = *I;
4436           break;
4437         }
4438     }
4439 
4440   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
4441 
4442   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
4443   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
4444     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
4445     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
4446       return;
4447 
4448     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
4449     // static data members from base classes?
4450 
4451     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
4452     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
4453     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
4454   }
4455 
4456   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
4457   unsigned Kind;
4458   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
4459     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4460       Kind = 3; // field
4461     else
4462       Kind = 2; // static data member
4463   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
4464     Kind = 1; // global
4465   else
4466     Kind = 0; // local
4467 
4468   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
4469 
4470   // Emit warning and note.
4471   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
4472   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4473 }
4474 
4475 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
4476 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
4477   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
4478         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4479     return;
4480 
4481   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
4482                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4483   LookupName(R, S);
4484   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
4485 }
4486 
4487 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
4488 /// declaration.
4489 ///
4490 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
4491 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
4492 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
4493 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
4494 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
4495 ///
4496 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
4497 ///
4498 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
4499 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
4500                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
4501   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
4502   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4503     return false;
4504 
4505   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
4506 
4507   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4508     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
4509       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
4510     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4511     NewVD->setType(T);
4512   }
4513 
4514   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
4515   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
4516   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
4517   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
4518   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4519     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
4520     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4521     return false;
4522   }
4523 
4524   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
4525   // scope.
4526   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
4527       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4528     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
4529     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4530     return false;
4531   }
4532 
4533   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
4534       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4535     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4536       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
4537     else
4538       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
4539   }
4540 
4541   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
4542   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
4543       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4544     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4545 
4546   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
4547       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
4548     bool SizeIsNegative;
4549     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4550     QualType FixedTy =
4551         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4552                                             Oversized);
4553 
4554     if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
4555       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
4556       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
4557       // int a[10][n];
4558       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
4559 
4560       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4561         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
4562         << SizeRange;
4563       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
4564         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
4565         << SizeRange;
4566       else
4567         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
4568         << SizeRange;
4569       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4570       return false;
4571     }
4572 
4573     if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
4574       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4575         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4576       else
4577         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
4578       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4579       return false;
4580     }
4581 
4582     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4583     NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
4584   }
4585 
4586   if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
4587     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4588     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4589     // declaration with the same name.
4590     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4591       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
4592     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4593       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4594   }
4595 
4596   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
4597     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
4598       << T;
4599     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4600     return false;
4601   }
4602 
4603   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4604     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
4605     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4606     return false;
4607   }
4608 
4609   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4610     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
4611     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4612     return false;
4613   }
4614 
4615   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
4616       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
4617                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
4618     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4619     return false;
4620   }
4621 
4622   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4623     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
4624     return true;
4625   }
4626   return false;
4627 }
4628 
4629 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
4630 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
4631   Sema *S;
4632   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
4633 };
4634 
4635 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
4636 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
4637 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
4638 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
4639                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
4640                                  void *UserData) {
4641   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
4642 
4643   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
4644     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
4645 
4646   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
4647 
4648   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
4649   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4650     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
4651     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
4652     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
4653 
4654     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
4655   }
4656 
4657   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
4658        Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
4659        ++Path.Decls.first) {
4660     NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first;
4661     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4662       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
4663         return true;
4664     }
4665   }
4666 
4667   return false;
4668 }
4669 
4670 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
4671 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
4672 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
4673   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
4674   CXXBasePaths Paths;
4675   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
4676   Data.Method = MD;
4677   Data.S = this;
4678   bool AddedAny = false;
4679   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
4680     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
4681          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4682       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
4683         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
4684         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
4685             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
4686             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
4687           AddedAny = true;
4688         }
4689       }
4690     }
4691   }
4692 
4693   return AddedAny;
4694 }
4695 
4696 namespace {
4697   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
4698   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
4699   struct ActOnFDArgs {
4700     Scope *S;
4701     Declarator &D;
4702     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
4703     bool AddToScope;
4704   };
4705 }
4706 
4707 namespace {
4708 
4709 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
4710 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
4711 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
4712  public:
4713   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
4714                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
4715       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
4716         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
4717 
4718   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4719     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
4720       return false;
4721 
4722     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4723     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4724                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4725          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4726       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4727 
4728       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4729           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4730         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
4731           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
4732           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
4733             return true;
4734         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
4735           return true;
4736         }
4737       }
4738     }
4739 
4740     return false;
4741   }
4742 
4743  private:
4744   ASTContext &Context;
4745   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
4746   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
4747 };
4748 
4749 }
4750 
4751 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
4752 ///
4753 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
4754 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
4755 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
4756 /// the same name.
4757 ///
4758 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
4759 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
4760 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
4761     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
4762     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
4763   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
4764   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
4765   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
4766   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
4767                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4768   llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4769   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
4770   TypoCorrection Correction;
4771   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4772                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
4773   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
4774                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
4775 
4776   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4777   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
4778   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
4779          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
4780   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
4781   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
4782                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
4783   if (!Prev.empty()) {
4784     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
4785          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4786       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
4787       if (FD &&
4788           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4789         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
4790         // involve a parameter
4791         unsigned ParamNum =
4792             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
4793         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
4794       }
4795     }
4796   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
4797   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
4798                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
4799                                          Validator, NewDC))) {
4800     // Trap errors.
4801     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
4802 
4803     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
4804     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
4805                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4806     Previous.clear();
4807     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
4808     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
4809                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
4810          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4811       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4812       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4813           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4814         Previous.addDecl(FD);
4815       }
4816     }
4817     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
4818     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
4819     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
4820     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
4821     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
4822         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
4823         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
4824         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
4825         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
4826     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
4827       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
4828       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4829                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4830       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
4831       Previous.clear();
4832       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
4833       Result = NULL;
4834     } else {
4835       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
4836                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
4837            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4838         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
4839           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
4840       }
4841     }
4842     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
4843       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
4844       Correction = TypoCorrection();
4845     } else {
4846       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
4847                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
4848     }
4849   }
4850 
4851   if (Correction) {
4852     SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation());
4853     CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4854     if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid())
4855       FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc());
4856     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg)
4857         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
4858         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4859             FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
4860   } else {
4861     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
4862         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
4863   }
4864 
4865   bool NewFDisConst = false;
4866   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
4867     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
4868 
4869   for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
4870        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
4871        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
4872     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
4873     bool FDisConst = false;
4874     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
4875       FDisConst = MD->isConst();
4876 
4877     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
4878       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
4879       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
4880       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
4881       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
4882           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
4883     } else if (Correction) {
4884       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
4885           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4886     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
4887       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
4888           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
4889     } else
4890       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
4891   }
4892   return Result;
4893 }
4894 
4895 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
4896                                                           Declarator &D) {
4897   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
4898   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
4899   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
4900   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
4901   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
4902     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4903                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
4904     D.setInvalidType();
4905     break;
4906   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
4907   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
4908   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
4909     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
4910       // C99 6.7.1p5:
4911       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
4912       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
4913       //   other than extern
4914       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
4915       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4916                    diag::err_static_block_func);
4917       break;
4918     } else
4919       return SC_Static;
4920   }
4921   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4922   }
4923 
4924   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
4925   return SC_None;
4926 }
4927 
4928 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
4929                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
4930                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4931                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
4932                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
4933   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4934   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4935 
4936   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
4937   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
4938   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4939   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4940     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4941 
4942   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4943     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4944     // prototype. This true when:
4945     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
4946     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
4947     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
4948     bool HasPrototype =
4949       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
4950       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
4951 
4952     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4953                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
4954                                  TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4955                                  HasPrototype);
4956     if (D.isInvalidType())
4957       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4958 
4959     // Set the lexical context.
4960     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
4961 
4962     return NewFD;
4963   }
4964 
4965   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
4966   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
4967 
4968   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
4969   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
4970   // the class has been completely parsed.
4971   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
4972       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4973                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4974                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
4975                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
4976     D.setInvalidType();
4977 
4978   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
4979     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
4980     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
4981            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
4982 
4983     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4984     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4985                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
4986                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
4987                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
4988                                       isConstexpr);
4989 
4990   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4991     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
4992     if (DC->isRecord()) {
4993       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4994       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
4995       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
4996                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
4997                                         D.getLocStart(),
4998                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
4999                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
5000 
5001       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
5002       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
5003       // it yet.
5004       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() &&
5005           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
5006           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
5007         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
5008       }
5009 
5010       IsVirtualOkay = true;
5011       return NewDD;
5012 
5013     } else {
5014       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
5015       D.setInvalidType();
5016 
5017       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
5018       // code path.
5019       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5020                                   D.getLocStart(),
5021                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
5022                                   SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5023                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
5024     }
5025 
5026   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
5027     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
5028       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5029            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
5030       return 0;
5031     }
5032 
5033     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5034     IsVirtualOkay = true;
5035     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5036                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5037                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
5038                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5039 
5040   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
5041     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
5042     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
5043     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
5044     // constructor if it has no return type).
5045     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
5046         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
5047       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
5048         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
5049         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5050       return 0;
5051     }
5052 
5053     bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
5054 
5055     // [class.free]p1:
5056     // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
5057     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5058     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
5059         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
5060       isStatic = true;
5061 
5062     // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
5063     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5064     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
5065         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
5066       isStatic = true;
5067 
5068     IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
5069 
5070     // This is a C++ method declaration.
5071     return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5072                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5073                                  TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5074                                  isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5075 
5076   } else {
5077     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5078     // prototype. This true when:
5079     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
5080     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5081                                 D.getLocStart(),
5082                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5083                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
5084   }
5085 }
5086 
5087 NamedDecl*
5088 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5089                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5090                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5091                               bool &AddToScope) {
5092   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5093 
5094   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
5095 
5096   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5097   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5098   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5099   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
5100 
5101   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
5102     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
5103 
5104   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5105   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
5106     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5107          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
5108     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
5109     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
5110 
5111     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5112     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5113     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
5114       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5115       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5116                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
5117     }
5118     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
5119       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
5120   }
5121 
5122   bool isFriend = false;
5123   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
5124   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5125   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5126 
5127   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
5128   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5129   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5130 
5131   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
5132 
5133   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
5134                                               isVirtualOkay);
5135   if (!NewFD) return 0;
5136 
5137   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
5138     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5139 
5140   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5141     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5142     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
5143     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5144     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5145     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5146     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5147       // C++ [class.friend]p5
5148       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
5149       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
5150       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5151     }
5152 
5153     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
5154     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5155     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5156     if (D.isInvalidType())
5157       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5158 
5159     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
5160     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
5161     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5162     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5163 
5164     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5165     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5166     bool Invalid = false;
5167     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
5168           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5169                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5170                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5171                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5172                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
5173                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
5174                                   isFriend,
5175                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
5176                                   Invalid)) {
5177       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
5178         // This is a function template
5179 
5180         // Check that we can declare a template here.
5181         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5182           return 0;
5183 
5184         // A destructor cannot be a template.
5185         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5186           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
5187           return 0;
5188         }
5189 
5190         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
5191         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
5192         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
5193         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
5194           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5195           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
5196             Invalid = true;
5197         }
5198 
5199 
5200         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
5201                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
5202                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
5203                                                         NewFD);
5204         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5205         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
5206 
5207         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
5208         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
5209           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5210                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
5211                                                TemplateParamLists.release());
5212         }
5213       } else {
5214         // This is a function template specialization.
5215         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5216         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5217         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5218                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5219                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
5220 
5221         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
5222         if (isFriend) {
5223           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
5224           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
5225 
5226           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
5227           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
5228           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
5229           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
5230           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
5231           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
5232           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5233             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
5234             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
5235           }
5236 
5237           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
5238             << Name << RemoveRange
5239             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
5240             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
5241         }
5242       }
5243     }
5244     else {
5245       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
5246       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
5247       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
5248         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5249         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5250                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5251                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
5252     }
5253 
5254     if (Invalid) {
5255       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5256       if (FunctionTemplate)
5257         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5258     }
5259 
5260     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
5261     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
5262     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
5263     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
5264     //
5265     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5266       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
5267         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5268              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5269       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5270         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
5271         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5272              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
5273           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5274       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5275         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
5276         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
5277         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5278              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
5279           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5280       } else {
5281         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
5282         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
5283       }
5284     }
5285 
5286     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
5287     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
5288     //  declaration.
5289     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5290       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5291         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
5292         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
5293              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
5294           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
5295       }
5296     }
5297 
5298     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
5299     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
5300     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
5301     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
5302     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5303       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5304         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
5305         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5306              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
5307           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5308       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
5309                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5310         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
5311         // or conversion function.
5312         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5313              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
5314           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5315       }
5316     }
5317 
5318     if (isConstexpr) {
5319       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
5320       // are implicitly inline.
5321       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5322 
5323       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
5324       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
5325       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
5326       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
5327         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
5328     }
5329 
5330     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
5331     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5332       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5333         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
5334           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
5335         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5336           << 0
5337           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
5338       } else {
5339         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
5340         if (FunctionTemplate)
5341           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5342       }
5343     }
5344 
5345     if (isFriend) {
5346       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
5347       if (FunctionTemplate) {
5348         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5349         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
5350       }
5351       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5352       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5353     }
5354 
5355     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
5356     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
5357       case FDK_Declaration:
5358       case FDK_Definition:
5359         break;
5360 
5361       case FDK_Defaulted:
5362         NewFD->setDefaulted();
5363         break;
5364 
5365       case FDK_Deleted:
5366         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
5367         break;
5368     }
5369 
5370     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
5371         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5372       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
5373       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
5374       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
5375       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5376     }
5377 
5378     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
5379         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5380       // C++ [class.static]p1:
5381       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
5382       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
5383       //   the class.
5384 
5385       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
5386       // member function definition.
5387       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5388            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5389         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5390     }
5391   }
5392 
5393   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
5394   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
5395                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
5396                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
5397 
5398   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5399   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
5400     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5401     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5402     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
5403                                                 SE->getString()));
5404   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5405     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5406       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
5407     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5408       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
5409       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5410     }
5411   }
5412 
5413   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
5414   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
5415   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5416   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
5417     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5418 
5419     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
5420     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
5421     // single void argument.
5422     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
5423     // already checks for that case.
5424     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
5425         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
5426         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5427       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
5428       ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param);
5429 
5430       // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5431       // typedef of void is not permitted.
5432       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5433           Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5434         bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5435         if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5436           IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5437         else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5438                    Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5439           IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5440         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5441           << IsTypeAlias;
5442       }
5443     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
5444       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
5445         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
5446         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
5447         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
5448         Params.push_back(Param);
5449 
5450         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
5451           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5452       }
5453     }
5454 
5455   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5456     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
5457     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
5458     // parameters for use in the declaration.
5459     //
5460     // @code
5461     // typedef void fn(int);
5462     // fn f;
5463     // @endcode
5464 
5465     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
5466     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
5467          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
5468       ParmVarDecl *Param =
5469         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
5470       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
5471       Params.push_back(Param);
5472     }
5473   } else {
5474     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
5475            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
5476   }
5477 
5478   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
5479   NewFD->setParams(Params);
5480 
5481   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
5482   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
5483   //
5484   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
5485   //
5486   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
5487   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
5488   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
5489 
5490   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
5491   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5492                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
5493 
5494   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
5495   // because all functions have linkage.
5496   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5497       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5498     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
5499     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5500   }
5501 
5502   // Handle attributes.
5503   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5504                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
5505 
5506   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5507     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5508     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
5509     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5510       if (NewFD->isMain())
5511         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5512       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5513                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
5514     }
5515     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5516             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5517            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5518   } else {
5519     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
5520     // argument list into our AST format.
5521     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5522       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5523       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
5524       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5525       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
5526                                          TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5527                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5528       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
5529                                  TemplateArgs);
5530       TemplateArgsPtr.release();
5531 
5532       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5533 
5534       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5535         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5536       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
5537         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
5538         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
5539           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5540 
5541         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5542       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5543                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5544         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5545         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5546         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5547         // too few of them).
5548         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5549           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5550           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5551                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5552                                         "template<> ");
5553         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5554       } else {
5555         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
5556         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5557       }
5558     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5559       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
5560       // wrote something like:
5561       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
5562       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
5563       //   friend void foo<>(int);
5564       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
5565       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5566         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5567       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5568     }
5569 
5570     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
5571     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
5572     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
5573     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
5574     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
5575     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
5576         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
5577          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
5578             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
5579             InstantiationDependent))) {
5580       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
5581              "friend function specialization without template args");
5582       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
5583                                                        Previous))
5584         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5585     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5586       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
5587           && !isFriend) {
5588         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
5589         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
5590           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
5591           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
5592           << NewFD->getDeclName();
5593       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
5594                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
5595                                                      Previous))
5596         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5597 
5598       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
5599       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
5600       //   specialization (14.7.3)
5601       if (SC != SC_None) {
5602         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
5603           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5604                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
5605             << SC
5606             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5607                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5608 
5609         else
5610           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5611                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
5612             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5613                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5614       }
5615 
5616     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5617       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
5618           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5619     }
5620 
5621     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5622     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5623       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5624         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
5625         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
5626         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5627           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
5628       } else {
5629         if (NewFD->isMain())
5630           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5631         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5632                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5633       }
5634     }
5635 
5636     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5637             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5638            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5639 
5640     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
5641                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
5642                                 : NewFD);
5643 
5644     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
5645       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
5646       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5647         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
5648 
5649       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
5650       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
5651 
5652       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
5653     }
5654 
5655     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
5656         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
5657       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
5658 
5659     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
5660     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
5661     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5662       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
5663                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
5664       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5665                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
5666                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
5667                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
5668                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
5669                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
5670                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5671                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5672                                  DC->isDependentContext())
5673                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5674                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
5675     }
5676 
5677     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5678       // Ignore all the rest of this.
5679     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
5680       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
5681                                        AddToScope };
5682       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
5683       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
5684         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5685 
5686       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
5687       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5688         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
5689         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
5690 
5691         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
5692         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
5693         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
5694         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
5695         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
5696         // can actually do this check immediately.
5697         if (isFriend &&
5698             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
5699              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
5700              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
5701           // ignore these
5702         } else {
5703           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
5704           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
5705           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
5706           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
5707           //
5708           // class X {
5709           //   void f() const;
5710           // };
5711           //
5712           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
5713           //
5714           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
5715           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
5716           // whether the parameter types are references).
5717 
5718           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5719                                                                NewFD,
5720                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
5721             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5722             return Result;
5723           }
5724         }
5725 
5726         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
5727         // to something.
5728       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
5729         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5730                                                              NewFD,
5731                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
5732           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5733           return Result;
5734         }
5735       }
5736 
5737     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5738                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5739                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
5740       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
5741       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5742       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
5743       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
5744       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
5745       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
5746       // generate them.
5747       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
5748         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5749     }
5750   }
5751 
5752   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
5753 
5754   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
5755       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5756     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5757          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
5758       << NewFD;
5759 
5760     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
5761     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5762     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5763     EPI.Variadic = true;
5764     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
5765 
5766     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
5767     NewFD->setType(R);
5768   }
5769 
5770   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
5771   // member, set the visibility of this function.
5772   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
5773     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
5774 
5775   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
5776   // marking the function.
5777   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
5778 
5779   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
5780   // map of such names.
5781   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
5782       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5783     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
5784 
5785   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
5786   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
5787 
5788   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5789     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5790       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5791         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5792       return FunctionTemplate;
5793     }
5794   }
5795 
5796   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
5797   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5798       && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()
5799       && (SC == SC_Static)) {
5800     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
5801     D.setInvalidType();
5802   }
5803 
5804   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
5805 
5806   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
5807     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
5808       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5809           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5810         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
5811           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
5812             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
5813 
5814           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
5815         }
5816       }
5817 
5818   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
5819   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
5820   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
5821   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5822     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
5823                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
5824                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
5825                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
5826                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
5827     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
5828     AddToScope = false;
5829   }
5830 
5831   return NewFD;
5832 }
5833 
5834 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
5835 ///
5836 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
5837 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
5838 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
5839 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
5840 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
5841 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
5842 /// via InstantiateDecl).
5843 ///
5844 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
5845 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
5846 ///
5847 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
5848 ///
5849 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
5850 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5851                                     LookupResult &Previous,
5852                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
5853   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
5854          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
5855 
5856   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
5857   if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
5858     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
5859     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
5860     // declaration with the same name.
5861     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
5862       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
5863     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
5864       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
5865   }
5866 
5867   bool Redeclaration = false;
5868 
5869   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
5870   // the same name, if appropriate.
5871   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5872     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
5873     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
5874     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
5875     // function to the scope.
5876 
5877     NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
5878     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
5879       Redeclaration = true;
5880       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
5881     } else {
5882       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
5883                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
5884       case Ovl_Match:
5885         Redeclaration = true;
5886         break;
5887 
5888       case Ovl_NonFunction:
5889         Redeclaration = true;
5890         break;
5891 
5892       case Ovl_Overload:
5893         Redeclaration = false;
5894         break;
5895       }
5896 
5897       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
5898         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
5899         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
5900         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
5901           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
5902         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
5903         if (Redeclaration)
5904           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
5905         else if (!Previous.empty())
5906           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
5907         if (OverloadedDecl)
5908           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
5909                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
5910         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
5911                                                         Context));
5912       }
5913     }
5914 
5915     if (Redeclaration) {
5916       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
5917       // merged.
5918       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) {
5919         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5920         return Redeclaration;
5921       }
5922 
5923       Previous.clear();
5924       Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
5925 
5926       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
5927                                     = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5928         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
5929         FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
5930           = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
5931         assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
5932         if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
5933               = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
5934           Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5935           NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5936         }
5937 
5938         // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
5939         // template, mark it as a member specialization.
5940         if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
5941             NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
5942           NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
5943           assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
5944         }
5945 
5946       } else {
5947         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
5948           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
5949         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
5950       }
5951     }
5952   }
5953 
5954   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
5955   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5956     // C++-specific checks.
5957     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5958       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
5959     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
5960                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5961       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
5962       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5963 
5964       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
5965       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
5966       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
5967         DeclarationName Name
5968           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5969                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
5970         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
5971           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
5972           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5973           return Redeclaration;
5974         }
5975       }
5976     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
5977                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5978       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
5979     }
5980 
5981     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
5982     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5983       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
5984           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5985         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
5986           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
5987           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
5988             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual)
5989               << NewFD->getDeclName();
5990             for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator
5991                       Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(),
5992                    OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods();
5993                  Overridden != OverriddenEnd;
5994                  ++Overridden) {
5995               Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(),
5996                    diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5997             }
5998           }
5999         }
6000       }
6001 
6002       if (Method->isStatic())
6003         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
6004     }
6005 
6006     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
6007     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6008         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6009       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6010       return Redeclaration;
6011     }
6012 
6013     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
6014     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
6015         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6016       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6017       return Redeclaration;
6018     }
6019 
6020     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
6021     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
6022     // during delayed parsing anyway.
6023     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
6024       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
6025 
6026     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
6027     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
6028     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
6029       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
6030       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
6031       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
6032         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
6033         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
6034         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
6035       }
6036     }
6037 
6038     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
6039     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
6040     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
6041     if (NewFD->isExternC()) {
6042       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
6043       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
6044         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
6045             << NewFD << R;
6046       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
6047                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6048         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
6049     }
6050   }
6051   return Redeclaration;
6052 }
6053 
6054 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
6055   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
6056   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
6057   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
6058   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
6059   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
6060   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6061     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6062          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
6063       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6064   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
6065     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
6066       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
6067   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
6068     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
6069       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
6070     FD->setConstexpr(false);
6071   }
6072 
6073   QualType T = FD->getType();
6074   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
6075   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
6076 
6077   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
6078   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
6079     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
6080     // set the flag which tells us that.
6081     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
6082     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
6083 
6084   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
6085   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
6086   // implicit-return-zero rule.
6087   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6088     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
6089 
6090   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
6091   } else {
6092     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
6093     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6094   }
6095 
6096   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
6097   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
6098 
6099   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
6100   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
6101   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
6102 
6103   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
6104 
6105   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
6106   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
6107   // getting shifty.
6108   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
6109     HasExtraParameters = false;
6110 
6111   if (HasExtraParameters) {
6112     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
6113     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6114     nparams = 3;
6115   }
6116 
6117   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
6118   // if we had some location information about types.
6119 
6120   QualType CharPP =
6121     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
6122   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
6123 
6124   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
6125     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
6126 
6127     bool mismatch = true;
6128 
6129     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
6130       mismatch = false;
6131     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
6132       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
6133       //   char const **
6134       //   char const * const *
6135       //   char * const *
6136 
6137       QualifierCollector qs;
6138       const PointerType* PT;
6139       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6140           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6141           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
6142         qs.removeConst();
6143         mismatch = !qs.empty();
6144       }
6145     }
6146 
6147     if (mismatch) {
6148       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
6149       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
6150       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6151     }
6152   }
6153 
6154   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6155     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
6156   }
6157 
6158   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6159     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
6160     FD->setInvalidDecl();
6161   }
6162 }
6163 
6164 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
6165   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
6166   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
6167   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
6168   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
6169   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
6170   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
6171   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
6172   // rules there don't matter.)
6173   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
6174     return false;
6175   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
6176     << Init->getSourceRange();
6177   return true;
6178 }
6179 
6180 namespace {
6181   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
6182   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
6183   class SelfReferenceChecker
6184       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
6185     Sema &S;
6186     Decl *OrigDecl;
6187     bool isRecordType;
6188     bool isPODType;
6189     bool isReferenceType;
6190 
6191   public:
6192     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
6193 
6194     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
6195                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
6196       isPODType = false;
6197       isRecordType = false;
6198       isReferenceType = false;
6199       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
6200         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
6201         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
6202         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
6203       }
6204     }
6205 
6206     // Sometimes, the expression passed in lacks the casts that are used
6207     // to determine which DeclRefExpr's to check.  Assume that the casts
6208     // are present and continue visiting the expression.
6209     void HandleExpr(Expr *E) {
6210       // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
6211       // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
6212       if (isRecordType || isReferenceType)
6213         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6214           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6215 
6216       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6217         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
6218         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6219       }
6220 
6221       Visit(E);
6222     }
6223 
6224     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
6225     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
6226     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
6227     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
6228       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6229       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
6230         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6231         return;
6232       }
6233 
6234       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6235         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
6236         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6237       }
6238     }
6239 
6240     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
6241       if ((!isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) ||
6242           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
6243         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6244 
6245       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
6246     }
6247 
6248     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
6249       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
6250       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
6251 
6252       ValueDecl *VD = E->getMemberDecl();
6253       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD);
6254       if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || (MD && !MD->isStatic()))
6255         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE
6256               = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
6257           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6258           return;
6259         }
6260 
6261       Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
6262     }
6263 
6264     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
6265       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
6266       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && isPODType &&
6267           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) return;
6268       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
6269     }
6270 
6271     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
6272 
6273     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
6274       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
6275       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
6276       LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6277                           Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
6278       unsigned diag = isReferenceType
6279           ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init
6280           : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
6281       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
6282                             S.PDiag(diag)
6283                               << Result.getLookupName()
6284                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
6285                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
6286     }
6287   };
6288 }
6289 
6290 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
6291 void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) {
6292   SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).HandleExpr(E);
6293 }
6294 
6295 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
6296 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
6297 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
6298 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
6299                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6300   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
6301   // the initializer.
6302   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6303     return;
6304 
6305   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6306     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
6307     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
6308     // Thus this grotesque test.
6309     IntegerLiteral *IL;
6310     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
6311         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
6312       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
6313     else {
6314       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
6315         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
6316       Method->setInvalidDecl();
6317     }
6318     return;
6319   }
6320 
6321   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
6322   if (!VDecl) {
6323     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
6324     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
6325     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6326     return;
6327   }
6328 
6329   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
6330   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
6331   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
6332   // Record types initialized by initializer list are handled here.
6333   // Initialization by constructors are handled in TryConstructorInitialization.
6334   if ((!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) &&
6335       (isa<InitListExpr>(Init) || !VDecl->getType()->isRecordType()))
6336     CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init);
6337 
6338   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
6339 
6340   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
6341   AutoType *Auto = 0;
6342   if (TypeMayContainAuto &&
6343       (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) &&
6344       !Auto->isDeduced()) {
6345     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
6346     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
6347     // contains exactly one expression.
6348     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6349       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
6350         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
6351         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
6352         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
6353              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
6354           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6355           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6356         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6357         return;
6358       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
6359         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
6360              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
6361           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6362           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6363         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6364         return;
6365       } else {
6366         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
6367       }
6368     }
6369     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
6370     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
6371             DAR_Failed)
6372       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
6373     if (!DeducedType) {
6374       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6375       return;
6376     }
6377     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
6378     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
6379     VDecl->ClearLinkageCache();
6380 
6381     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
6382     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
6383       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6384 
6385     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
6386     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
6387     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
6388     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
6389     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6390         DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) {
6391       SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
6392       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
6393         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
6394     }
6395 
6396     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
6397     // the previously declared type.
6398     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
6399       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
6400   }
6401 
6402   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
6403     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
6404     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
6405     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6406     return;
6407   }
6408 
6409   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
6410     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
6411     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
6412     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
6413     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
6414     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
6415       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
6416     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
6417                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6418       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6419       return;
6420     }
6421 
6422     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6423     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
6424                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6425                                AbstractVariableType))
6426       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6427   }
6428 
6429   const VarDecl *Def;
6430   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
6431     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6432       << VDecl->getDeclName();
6433     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6434     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6435     return;
6436   }
6437 
6438   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
6439   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6440     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
6441     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
6442     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6443     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
6444     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
6445     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
6446     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
6447     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
6448     //
6449     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
6450     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
6451     // declaration with an initializer.
6452     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
6453       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6454         << VDecl->getDeclName();
6455       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6456       return;
6457     }
6458 
6459     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
6460       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6461 
6462     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
6463       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6464       return;
6465     }
6466   }
6467 
6468   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
6469   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
6470   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
6471     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
6472     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6473     return;
6474   }
6475 
6476   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
6477   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
6478   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
6479 
6480   // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
6481   // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type.
6482   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType())
6483     if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) {
6484       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
6485       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6486         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6487         return;
6488       }
6489       Init = Result.take();
6490     }
6491 
6492   // Perform the initialization.
6493   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6494     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
6495     InitializationKind Kind
6496       = DirectInit ?
6497           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
6498                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
6499                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
6500                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
6501                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
6502                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
6503                                                     Init->getLocStart());
6504 
6505     Expr **Args = &Init;
6506     unsigned NumArgs = 1;
6507     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6508       Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs();
6509       NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs();
6510     }
6511     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs);
6512     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6513                                               MultiExprArg(*this, Args,NumArgs),
6514                                               &DclT);
6515     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6516       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6517       return;
6518     }
6519 
6520     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6521   }
6522 
6523   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
6524   // completed by the initializer. For example:
6525   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
6526   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
6527   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
6528     VDecl->setType(DclT);
6529 
6530   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
6531   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
6532 
6533   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6534     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
6535 
6536   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
6537   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
6538   VDecl->setInit(Init);
6539 
6540   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
6541     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
6542     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
6543     // C++ does not have this restriction.
6544     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
6545         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6546       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6547   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
6548              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
6549     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
6550     //
6551     // struct S {
6552     //   static const int value = 17;
6553     // };
6554 
6555     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
6556     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
6557     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
6558     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
6559     //
6560     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
6561     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
6562     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6563     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
6564     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
6565     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
6566     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
6567     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
6568     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
6569 
6570     // Do nothing on dependent types.
6571     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
6572 
6573     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
6574     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
6575     // type.
6576     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
6577 
6578     // Require constness.
6579     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
6580       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
6581         << Init->getSourceRange();
6582       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6583 
6584     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
6585     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6586       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
6587       SourceLocation Loc;
6588       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
6589         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
6590         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
6591         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
6592       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
6593         ; // Nothing to check.
6594       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
6595         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
6596       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6597         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
6598         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
6599         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6600           << Init->getSourceRange();
6601       } else {
6602         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
6603         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
6604         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6605           << Init->getSourceRange();
6606         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6607       }
6608 
6609     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
6610     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
6611       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
6612         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6613       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x)
6614         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
6615              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr)
6616           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6617 
6618       if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6619         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6620           << Init->getSourceRange();
6621         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6622       }
6623 
6624     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
6625     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) {
6626       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
6627         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
6628         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6629       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
6630 
6631     } else {
6632       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
6633         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6634       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6635     }
6636   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
6637     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
6638         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
6639          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
6640       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
6641 
6642     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
6643     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6644       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6645   }
6646 
6647   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
6648   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
6649   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
6650   //
6651   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
6652   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
6653   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
6654   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
6655   // special case code.
6656 
6657   // C++ 8.5p11:
6658   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
6659   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
6660   // class type.
6661   if (CXXDirectInit) {
6662     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
6663     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
6664   } else if (DirectInit) {
6665     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
6666     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
6667   }
6668 
6669   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
6670 }
6671 
6672 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
6673 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
6674 /// of sanity.
6675 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
6676   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
6677   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
6678   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6679 
6680   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6681   if (!VD) return;
6682 
6683   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
6684   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
6685     D->setInvalidDecl();
6686     return;
6687   }
6688 
6689   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
6690   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
6691 
6692   // Require a complete type.
6693   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
6694                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
6695                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6696     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6697     return;
6698   }
6699 
6700   // Require an abstract type.
6701   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
6702                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6703                              AbstractVariableType)) {
6704     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6705     return;
6706   }
6707 
6708   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
6709   // though.
6710 }
6711 
6712 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
6713                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6714   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
6715   if (RealDecl == 0)
6716     return;
6717 
6718   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6719     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6720 
6721     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
6722     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
6723       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
6724         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
6725       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6726       return;
6727     }
6728 
6729     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
6730     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
6731     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
6732     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
6733     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
6734     // member.
6735     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6736       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
6737         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6738              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
6739           << Var->getDeclName();
6740       else
6741         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
6742       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6743       return;
6744     }
6745 
6746     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6747     case VarDecl::Definition:
6748       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
6749         break;
6750 
6751       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
6752       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
6753       // a declaration.
6754       //
6755       // Fall through
6756 
6757     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
6758       // It's only a declaration.
6759 
6760       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
6761       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
6762       // object shall be complete.
6763       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
6764           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6765           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6766                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
6767         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6768 
6769       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
6770       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6771           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6772                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6773                                  AbstractVariableType))
6774         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6775       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6776           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
6777         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
6778         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
6779       }
6780 
6781       return;
6782 
6783     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
6784       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
6785       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
6786       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
6787       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
6788       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
6789       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
6790         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
6791                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
6792           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6793                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
6794                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
6795             Var->setInvalidDecl();
6796         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6797           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
6798           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
6799           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
6800           // NOTE: code such as the following
6801           //     static struct s;
6802           //     struct s { int a; };
6803           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
6804           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
6805           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
6806           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
6807             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6808                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
6809         }
6810       }
6811 
6812       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
6813       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
6814         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
6815       return;
6816     }
6817 
6818     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6819     // definitions with incomplete array type.
6820     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
6821       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6822            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
6823       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6824       return;
6825     }
6826 
6827     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6828     // definitions with reference type.
6829     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
6830       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
6831         << Var->getDeclName()
6832         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
6833       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6834       return;
6835     }
6836 
6837     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
6838     // variable with dependent type.
6839     if (Type->isDependentType())
6840       return;
6841 
6842     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
6843       return;
6844 
6845     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6846                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
6847                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6848       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6849       return;
6850     }
6851 
6852     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6853     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6854                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6855                                AbstractVariableType)) {
6856       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6857       return;
6858     }
6859 
6860     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
6861     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
6862     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
6863     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
6864     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
6865     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
6866     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
6867     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
6868     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
6869     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
6870     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6871       if (const RecordType *Record
6872             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6873         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
6874         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
6875         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
6876         // incompatibilities with C++98.
6877         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
6878           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6879       }
6880     }
6881 
6882     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
6883     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
6884     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
6885     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
6886     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
6887     //   type shall have a user-declared default
6888     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
6889     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
6890     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
6891     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
6892     //   program is ill-formed.
6893     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
6894     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
6895     //   default-initialized; [...].
6896     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
6897     InitializationKind Kind
6898       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
6899 
6900     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
6901     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6902                                       MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
6903     if (Init.isInvalid())
6904       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6905     else if (Init.get()) {
6906       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
6907       // This is important for template substitution.
6908       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
6909     }
6910 
6911     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
6912   }
6913 }
6914 
6915 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
6916   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6917   if (!VD) {
6918     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
6919     D->setInvalidDecl();
6920     return;
6921   }
6922 
6923   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
6924 
6925   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
6926   int Error = -1;
6927   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
6928   case SC_None:
6929     break;
6930   case SC_Extern:
6931     Error = 0;
6932     break;
6933   case SC_Static:
6934     Error = 1;
6935     break;
6936   case SC_PrivateExtern:
6937     Error = 2;
6938     break;
6939   case SC_Auto:
6940     Error = 3;
6941     break;
6942   case SC_Register:
6943     Error = 4;
6944     break;
6945   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
6946     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
6947   }
6948   if (VD->isConstexpr())
6949     Error = 5;
6950   if (Error != -1) {
6951     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
6952       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
6953     D->setInvalidDecl();
6954   }
6955 }
6956 
6957 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
6958   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6959 
6960   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
6961   // local retaining variable.
6962   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6963       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6964     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
6965     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
6966     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
6967     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
6968       break;
6969 
6970     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
6971     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
6972       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6973       break;
6974     }
6975   }
6976 
6977   // All the following checks are C++ only.
6978   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
6979 
6980   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType());
6981   if (baseType->isDependentType()) return;
6982 
6983   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
6984   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6985     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
6986     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
6987 
6988     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
6989     // constructing this copy.
6990     QualType type = var->getType();
6991 
6992     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
6993       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
6994       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
6995       ExprResult result =
6996         PerformCopyInitialization(
6997                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
6998                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
6999       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
7000         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
7001         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
7002         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
7003       }
7004     }
7005   }
7006 
7007   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
7008   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
7009 
7010   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) {
7011     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
7012         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
7013                                             var->getLocation())
7014           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
7015         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
7016       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
7017         << Init->getSourceRange();
7018 
7019     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
7020       llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
7021       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
7022         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
7023         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
7024         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
7025         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
7026               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
7027           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
7028           Notes.clear();
7029         }
7030         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
7031           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
7032         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
7033           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
7034       }
7035     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
7036       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
7037       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
7038       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
7039       var->checkInitIsICE();
7040     }
7041   }
7042 
7043   // Require the destructor.
7044   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
7045     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
7046 }
7047 
7048 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
7049 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
7050 void
7051 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
7052   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
7053   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
7054 
7055   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
7056   // tag values.
7057   if (ThisDecl && ThisDecl->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
7058     const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
7059     if (VD && VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7060       for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
7061                I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
7062                E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
7063            I != E; ++I) {
7064         const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
7065         if (!MagicValueExpr) {
7066           continue;
7067         }
7068         llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
7069         if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
7070           Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7071                diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
7072             << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7073           continue;
7074         }
7075         if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
7076           Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7077                diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
7078             << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7079           continue;
7080         }
7081         uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
7082         RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
7083                                    MagicValue,
7084                                    I->getMatchingCType(),
7085                                    I->getLayoutCompatible(),
7086                                    I->getMustBeNull());
7087       }
7088     }
7089   }
7090 }
7091 
7092 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7093 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
7094                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7095   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
7096 
7097   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
7098     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
7099 
7100   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7101     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
7102       Decls.push_back(D);
7103 
7104   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
7105                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
7106 }
7107 
7108 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
7109 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
7110 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7111 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
7112                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7113   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
7114   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
7115   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
7116   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
7117   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
7118   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
7119   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
7120   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
7121     QualType Deduced;
7122     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
7123     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
7124     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
7125       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
7126         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
7127         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
7128         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
7129           break;
7130         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
7131           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
7132           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
7133           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
7134             Deduced = U;
7135             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
7136             DeducedDecl = D;
7137           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
7138             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
7139                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
7140               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
7141               << U << D->getDeclName()
7142               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
7143               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
7144             D->setInvalidDecl();
7145             break;
7146           }
7147         }
7148       }
7149     }
7150   }
7151 
7152   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls);
7153 
7154   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
7155 }
7156 
7157 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
7158   ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1);
7159 }
7160 
7161 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7162   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
7163   if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0])
7164    return;
7165 
7166   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
7167                                Group[0]->getLocation())
7168         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
7169     return;
7170 
7171   if (NumDecls >= 2) {
7172     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
7173     // procuded from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
7174     // additional declaration references:
7175     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
7176     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
7177     //   'struct S *pS;'
7178     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
7179     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
7180     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
7181       Group++;
7182       NumDecls--;
7183     }
7184   }
7185 
7186   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
7187   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
7188   if (!Comments.empty() &&
7189       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
7190     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
7191     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
7192     //
7193     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
7194     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
7195     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
7196     // ahead through comments.
7197     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7198       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i]);
7199   }
7200 }
7201 
7202 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
7203 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
7204 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
7205   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
7206 
7207   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
7208   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
7209   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
7210   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
7211   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
7212     StorageClass = SC_Register;
7213     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
7214   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7215              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
7216     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
7217     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto;
7218   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
7219     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7220          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
7221     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
7222   }
7223 
7224   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
7225     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
7226   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
7227     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
7228       << 0;
7229 
7230   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
7231 
7232   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
7233   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
7234 
7235   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7236     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
7237     // parameter.
7238     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
7239 
7240     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7241     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7242       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
7243         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7244       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
7245     }
7246   }
7247 
7248   // Ensure we have a valid name
7249   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
7250   if (D.hasName()) {
7251     II = D.getIdentifier();
7252     if (!II) {
7253       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
7254         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
7255       D.setInvalidType(true);
7256     }
7257   }
7258 
7259   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
7260   if (II) {
7261     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
7262                    ForRedeclaration);
7263     LookupName(R, S);
7264     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
7265       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7266       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
7267         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7268         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
7269         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7270         PrevDecl = 0;
7271       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
7272         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
7273         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7274 
7275         // Recover by removing the name
7276         II = 0;
7277         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
7278         D.setInvalidType(true);
7279       }
7280     }
7281   }
7282 
7283   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
7284   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
7285   // looking like class members in C++.
7286   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
7287                                     D.getLocStart(),
7288                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
7289                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
7290                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
7291 
7292   if (D.isInvalidType())
7293     New->setInvalidDecl();
7294 
7295   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
7296   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
7297   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
7298                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
7299 
7300   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
7301   S->AddDecl(New);
7302   if (II)
7303     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
7304 
7305   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
7306 
7307   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
7308     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7309       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
7310       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7311       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7312 
7313   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7314     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7315   }
7316   return New;
7317 }
7318 
7319 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
7320 /// typedef.
7321 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
7322                                               SourceLocation Loc,
7323                                               QualType T) {
7324   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
7325      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
7326      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
7327   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
7328                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
7329                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
7330   Param->setImplicit();
7331   return Param;
7332 }
7333 
7334 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7335                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
7336   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
7337   // will already have done so in the template itself.
7338   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7339     return;
7340 
7341   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7342     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
7343         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
7344       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
7345         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
7346     }
7347   }
7348 }
7349 
7350 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7351                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
7352                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
7353                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
7354   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
7355     return;
7356 
7357   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7358   // threshold.
7359   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
7360     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
7361     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7362       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
7363           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
7364   }
7365 
7366   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7367   // threshold.
7368   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7369     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
7370     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
7371       continue;
7372     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
7373     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7374       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
7375           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
7376   }
7377 }
7378 
7379 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7380                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
7381                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7382                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
7383                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
7384   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
7385   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7386       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
7387       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
7388 
7389     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
7390 
7391     // Special cases for arrays:
7392     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
7393     //   - otherwise, it's an error
7394     if (T->isArrayType()) {
7395       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7396         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
7397             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
7398             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
7399       }
7400       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
7401     } else {
7402       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
7403     }
7404     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
7405   }
7406 
7407   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
7408                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
7409                                          TSInfo,
7410                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
7411                                          0);
7412 
7413   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
7414   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7415   // the class has been completely parsed.
7416   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
7417       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7418                              AbstractParamType))
7419     New->setInvalidDecl();
7420 
7421   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
7422   // passed by reference.
7423   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7424     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
7425     Diag(NameLoc,
7426          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
7427       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
7428     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7429     New->setType(T);
7430   }
7431 
7432   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
7433   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
7434   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
7435   // an address space.
7436   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
7437     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
7438     New->setInvalidDecl();
7439   }
7440 
7441   return New;
7442 }
7443 
7444 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
7445                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
7446   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7447 
7448   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
7449   // for a K&R function.
7450   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
7451     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
7452       --i;
7453       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
7454         SmallString<256> Code;
7455         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
7456                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
7457                                         << ";\n";
7458         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
7459           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
7460           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
7461 
7462         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
7463         // type.
7464         AttributeFactory attrs;
7465         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
7466         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
7467         unsigned DiagID; // unused
7468         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
7469                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
7470         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
7471         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7472         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
7473       }
7474     }
7475   }
7476 }
7477 
7478 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
7479   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
7480   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
7481   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
7482 
7483   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
7484   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D,
7485                               MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
7486   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
7487 }
7488 
7489 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7490   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
7491   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7492     return false;
7493 
7494   // Or declarations that aren't global.
7495   if (!FD->isGlobal())
7496     return false;
7497 
7498   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
7499   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
7500     return false;
7501 
7502   // Don't warn about 'main'.
7503   if (FD->isMain())
7504     return false;
7505 
7506   // Don't warn about inline functions.
7507   if (FD->isInlined())
7508     return false;
7509 
7510   // Don't warn about function templates.
7511   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
7512     return false;
7513 
7514   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
7515   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
7516     return false;
7517 
7518   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
7519   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
7520     return false;
7521 
7522   bool MissingPrototype = true;
7523   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
7524        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
7525     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
7526     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
7527     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
7528       continue;
7529 
7530     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
7531     break;
7532   }
7533 
7534   return MissingPrototype;
7535 }
7536 
7537 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7538   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
7539   // was an extern inline function.
7540   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
7541   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
7542       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
7543     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
7544         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
7545       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
7546         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7547     else
7548       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
7549     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7550     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7551   }
7552 }
7553 
7554 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
7555   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
7556   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
7557 
7558   if (!D)
7559     return D;
7560   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7561 
7562   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
7563     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7564   else
7565     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
7566 
7567   // Enter a new function scope
7568   PushFunctionScope();
7569 
7570   // See if this is a redefinition.
7571   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
7572     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
7573 
7574   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
7575   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7576     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
7577       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
7578       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7579     }
7580   }
7581 
7582   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
7583   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
7584   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
7585   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
7586       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7587       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
7588                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
7589     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7590 
7591   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
7592   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
7593   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
7594   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
7595   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
7596   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
7597     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
7598 
7599   if (FnBodyScope)
7600     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
7601 
7602   // Check the validity of our function parameters
7603   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7604                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
7605 
7606   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
7607   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
7608     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
7609     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
7610 
7611     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
7612     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
7613       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
7614 
7615       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
7616     }
7617   }
7618 
7619   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
7620   // introduce them into the function scope.
7621   if (FnBodyScope) {
7622     for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
7623            E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) {
7624       NamedDecl *D = *I;
7625 
7626       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
7627       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
7628       // and reattach to the current context.
7629       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
7630         // Is the decl actually in the context?
7631         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
7632                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
7633           if (*DI == D) {
7634             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
7635             break;
7636           }
7637         }
7638         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
7639         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7640       }
7641 
7642       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
7643       if (!D->getName().empty())
7644         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7645 
7646       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
7647       // accessible in this scope.
7648       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
7649         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
7650                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
7651           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7652       }
7653     }
7654   }
7655 
7656   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
7657   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
7658     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
7659 
7660   // Checking attributes of current function definition
7661   // dllimport attribute.
7662   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7663   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
7664     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
7665     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
7666     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
7667         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
7668       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7669            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
7670         << "dllimport";
7671       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7672       return FD;
7673     }
7674 
7675     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
7676     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
7677     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
7678       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
7679       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
7680       // emitted.
7681       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7682            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
7683         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
7684     }
7685   }
7686   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
7687   // a function template).
7688   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
7689   return FD;
7690 }
7691 
7692 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
7693 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
7694 /// optimization.
7695 ///
7696 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
7697 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
7698 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
7699 /// use the named return value optimization.
7700 ///
7701 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
7702 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
7703 /// the NRVO variable.
7704 ///
7705 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
7706 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
7707 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
7708 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
7709   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
7710 
7711   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
7712   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
7713     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7714       return;
7715 
7716     if (!NRVOCandidate)
7717       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
7718     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7719       return;
7720   }
7721 
7722   if (NRVOCandidate)
7723     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
7724 }
7725 
7726 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
7727   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false);
7728 }
7729 
7730 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
7731                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
7732   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7733   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
7734   if (FunTmpl)
7735     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7736   else
7737     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
7738 
7739   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
7740   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
7741 
7742   if (FD) {
7743     FD->setBody(Body);
7744 
7745     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
7746     // don't complain about missing return statements.
7747     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
7748       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
7749 
7750     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
7751     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
7752     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
7753       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
7754 
7755     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7756       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
7757       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7758                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
7759 
7760       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
7761       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
7762         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
7763 
7764       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
7765       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
7766       // to deduce an implicit return type.
7767       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
7768           !FD->isDependentContext())
7769         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7770     }
7771 
7772     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
7773            "Function parsing confused");
7774   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
7775     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
7776     MD->setBody(Body);
7777     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7778       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
7779       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
7780                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
7781 
7782       if (Body)
7783         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7784     }
7785     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) {
7786       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc);
7787       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false;
7788     }
7789     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) {
7790       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize);
7791       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false;
7792     }
7793   } else {
7794     return 0;
7795   }
7796 
7797   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc &&
7798          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
7799          "handled in the block above.");
7800   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize &&
7801          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
7802          "handled in the block above.");
7803 
7804   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
7805   if (Body) {
7806     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
7807     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
7808     // Verify this.
7809     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
7810       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
7811 
7812     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
7813     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
7814         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
7815         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
7816         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
7817       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
7818 
7819     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
7820       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
7821         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
7822 
7823       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
7824                                              Destructor->getParent());
7825     }
7826 
7827     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7828     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7829     // deletion in some later function.
7830     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
7831         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
7832       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7833     } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
7834       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
7835       // enabled.
7836       ActivePolicy = &WP;
7837     }
7838 
7839     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7840         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
7841          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
7842       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7843 
7844     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
7845     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
7846     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
7847            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
7848   }
7849 
7850   if (!IsInstantiation)
7851     PopDeclContext();
7852 
7853   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
7854 
7855   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7856   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7857   // deletion in some later function.
7858   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
7859     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7860   }
7861 
7862   return dcl;
7863 }
7864 
7865 
7866 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
7867 /// relevant Decl.
7868 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
7869                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
7870   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
7871   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
7872     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
7873   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
7874 
7875   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
7876     if (Method->isStatic())
7877       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
7878 }
7879 
7880 
7881 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
7882 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
7883 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
7884                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
7885   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
7886   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
7887   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
7888   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
7889   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
7890     = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II);
7891   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
7892     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
7893     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7894     return Pos->second;
7895   }
7896 
7897   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
7898   unsigned diag_id;
7899   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
7900     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
7901   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
7902     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
7903   else
7904     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
7905   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
7906 
7907   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
7908   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
7909   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
7910     TypoCorrection Corrected;
7911     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
7912     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
7913                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
7914       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
7915       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
7916       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
7917 
7918       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
7919           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
7920 
7921       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
7922           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
7923         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
7924             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
7925     }
7926   }
7927 
7928   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
7929   const char *Dummy;
7930   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
7931   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
7932   unsigned DiagID;
7933   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
7934   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
7935   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
7936   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
7937   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, false,
7938                                              SourceLocation(), 0, 0, 0, true,
7939                                              SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
7940                                              SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
7941                                              EST_None, SourceLocation(),
7942                                              0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D),
7943                 DS.getAttributes(),
7944                 SourceLocation());
7945   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
7946 
7947   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
7948 
7949   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
7950   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
7951 
7952   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
7953   FD->setImplicit();
7954 
7955   CurContext = PrevDC;
7956 
7957   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
7958 
7959   return FD;
7960 }
7961 
7962 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
7963 /// the declaration of this function.
7964 ///
7965 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
7966 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
7967 /// like NSLog or printf.
7968 ///
7969 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
7970 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
7971 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7972   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7973     return;
7974 
7975   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
7976   // actual attributes.
7977   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7978     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
7979     unsigned FormatIdx;
7980     bool HasVAListArg;
7981     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
7982       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
7983         const char *fmt = "printf";
7984         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
7985         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
7986             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7987           fmt = "NSString";
7988         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7989                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
7990                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
7991       }
7992     }
7993     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
7994                                              HasVAListArg)) {
7995      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
7996        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7997                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
7998                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
7999     }
8000 
8001     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
8002     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
8003     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
8004     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
8005         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
8006       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8007         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8008     }
8009 
8010     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
8011         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
8012       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8013     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
8014       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8015     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8016       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8017   }
8018 
8019   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
8020   if (!Name)
8021     return;
8022   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8023        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
8024       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
8025        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
8026        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
8027     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
8028     // about.
8029   } else
8030     return;
8031 
8032   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
8033     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
8034     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
8035     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
8036       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8037                                              "printf", 2,
8038                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
8039   }
8040 
8041   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
8042     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
8043     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
8044     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
8045       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
8046   }
8047 }
8048 
8049 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
8050                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
8051   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
8052   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
8053 
8054   if (!TInfo) {
8055     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
8056     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
8057   }
8058 
8059   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
8060   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
8061                                            D.getLocStart(),
8062                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8063                                            D.getIdentifier(),
8064                                            TInfo);
8065 
8066   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
8067   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
8068     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
8069     return NewTD;
8070   }
8071 
8072   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8073     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
8074       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
8075         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
8076         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
8077         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
8078     else
8079       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
8080   }
8081 
8082   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
8083   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
8084   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
8085   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
8086   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
8087   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
8088   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
8089   case TST_enum:
8090   case TST_struct:
8091   case TST_union:
8092   case TST_class: {
8093     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
8094 
8095     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
8096     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
8097     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
8098     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
8099 
8100     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
8101     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
8102 
8103     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
8104     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
8105       break;
8106 
8107     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
8108     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
8109     break;
8110   }
8111 
8112   default:
8113     break;
8114   }
8115 
8116   return NewTD;
8117 }
8118 
8119 
8120 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
8121 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
8122   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8123   QualType T = TI->getType();
8124 
8125   if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context))
8126     return false;
8127 
8128   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
8129   return true;
8130 }
8131 
8132 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
8133 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
8134 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
8135                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
8136                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
8137   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
8138 
8139   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
8140     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
8141       << Prev->isScoped();
8142     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8143     return true;
8144   }
8145 
8146   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
8147     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
8148         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
8149         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
8150                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
8151       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
8152         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
8153       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8154       return true;
8155     }
8156   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
8157     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
8158       << Prev->isFixed();
8159     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8160     return true;
8161   }
8162 
8163   return false;
8164 }
8165 
8166 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
8167 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
8168 ///
8169 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
8170 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
8171                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
8172                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
8173                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
8174   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
8175   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
8176   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
8177   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
8178   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
8179   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
8180   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
8181   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
8182   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
8183   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
8184   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
8185   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
8186   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
8187   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
8188   if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct))
8189     if (OldTag == NewTag)
8190       return true;
8191 
8192   if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) &&
8193       (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) {
8194     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
8195     bool isTemplate = false;
8196     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
8197       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
8198 
8199     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8200       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
8201       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
8202       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8203         << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
8204       return true;
8205     }
8206 
8207     if (isDefinition) {
8208       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
8209       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
8210       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8211         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
8212         return true;
8213       }
8214 
8215       bool previousMismatch = false;
8216       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
8217            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
8218         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
8219           if (!previousMismatch) {
8220             previousMismatch = true;
8221             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
8222               << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
8223           }
8224           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8225             << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
8226             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
8227                                             NewTag == TTK_Class?
8228                                             "class" : "struct");
8229         }
8230       }
8231       return true;
8232     }
8233 
8234     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
8235     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
8236     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
8237     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
8238                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
8239     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
8240       return true;
8241     }
8242 
8243     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8244       << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
8245       << isTemplate << &Name;
8246     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8247 
8248     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
8249     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8250         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8251           << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class)
8252           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
8253                         Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct");
8254     }
8255 
8256     return true;
8257   }
8258   return false;
8259 }
8260 
8261 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
8262 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
8263 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
8264 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
8265 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
8266                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8267                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
8268                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
8269                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
8270                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
8271                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
8272                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
8273                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
8274                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
8275   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
8276   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
8277   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
8278          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
8279   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
8280 
8281   OwnedDecl = false;
8282   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
8283   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
8284 
8285   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
8286   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
8287   bool Invalid = false;
8288 
8289   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
8290   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
8291   // for non-C++ cases.
8292   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
8293       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
8294     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
8295           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
8296                                                 TemplateParameterLists.get(),
8297                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8298                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
8299                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
8300                                                     Invalid)) {
8301       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8302         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
8303         // be a member of another template).
8304 
8305         if (Invalid)
8306           return 0;
8307 
8308         OwnedDecl = false;
8309         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
8310                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
8311                                                TemplateParams, AS,
8312                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
8313                                            TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
8314                  (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
8315         return Result.get();
8316       } else {
8317         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
8318         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
8319           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
8320         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
8321       }
8322     }
8323   }
8324 
8325   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
8326   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
8327   // redeclaration.
8328   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
8329 
8330   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8331     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
8332       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
8333       // type, default to int.
8334       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8335     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
8336       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
8337       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
8338       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
8339       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
8340       EnumUnderlying = TI;
8341 
8342       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
8343         // Recover by falling back to int.
8344         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8345 
8346       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
8347                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
8348         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8349 
8350     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8351       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
8352       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8353   }
8354 
8355   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
8356   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
8357   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
8358 
8359   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
8360   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
8361     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
8362 
8363   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
8364 
8365   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8366     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
8367 
8368     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
8369     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
8370       Name = 0;
8371       goto CreateNewDecl;
8372     }
8373 
8374     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
8375     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
8376     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8377       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
8378       if (!DC) {
8379         IsDependent = true;
8380         return 0;
8381       }
8382     } else {
8383       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
8384       if (!DC) {
8385         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
8386           << SS.getRange();
8387         return 0;
8388       }
8389     }
8390 
8391     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
8392       return 0;
8393 
8394     SearchDC = DC;
8395     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
8396     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
8397 
8398     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8399       return 0;
8400 
8401     if (Previous.empty()) {
8402       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
8403       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
8404       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
8405       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
8406       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
8407       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
8408       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
8409           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8410         IsDependent = true;
8411         return 0;
8412       }
8413 
8414       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
8415       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
8416         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
8417       Name = 0;
8418       Invalid = true;
8419       goto CreateNewDecl;
8420     }
8421   } else if (Name) {
8422     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
8423     // declaration or definition.
8424     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
8425     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
8426     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
8427     LookupName(Previous, S);
8428 
8429     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
8430         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
8431       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
8432       while (F.hasNext()) {
8433         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
8434         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
8435           F.erase();
8436       }
8437       F.done();
8438     }
8439 
8440     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
8441     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8442       return 0;
8443 
8444     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
8445       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
8446       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
8447       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
8448       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
8449       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
8450         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8451     }
8452   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
8453     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
8454     // initial context to the translation unit.
8455     // FIXME: [citation needed]
8456     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8457   }
8458 
8459   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
8460       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
8461     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8462     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
8463     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8464     Previous.clear();
8465   }
8466 
8467   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
8468       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
8469     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
8470     isStdBadAlloc = true;
8471 
8472     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
8473       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
8474       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
8475       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
8476       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
8477     }
8478   }
8479 
8480   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
8481   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
8482   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
8483   // there's a shadow friend decl.
8484   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
8485       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8486     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
8487     assert(SS.isEmpty());
8488 
8489     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8490       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
8491       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
8492       //
8493       //          class-key identifier
8494       //
8495       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
8496       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
8497       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
8498       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
8499       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
8500       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
8501       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
8502       //      declaration.
8503       //
8504       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
8505       // C structs and unions.
8506       //
8507       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
8508       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
8509       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
8510       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
8511       //
8512       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
8513       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
8514       //
8515       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
8516       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
8517       // lexical context,
8518       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8519         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8520 
8521       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
8522       while (S->isClassScope() ||
8523              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8524               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8525              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8526              (S->getEntity() &&
8527               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
8528         S = S->getParent();
8529     } else {
8530       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
8531       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
8532       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
8533       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
8534       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
8535       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
8536     }
8537 
8538     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
8539     // diagnose some problems.
8540     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8541       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
8542       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
8543     }
8544   }
8545 
8546   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8547     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
8548 
8549     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
8550     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
8551     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
8552     // in C++.
8553     //
8554     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
8555     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
8556     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
8557     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
8558     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8559       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8560         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
8561           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
8562           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
8563               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
8564                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
8565             PrevDecl = Tag;
8566             Previous.clear();
8567             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
8568             Previous.resolveKind();
8569           }
8570         }
8571       }
8572     }
8573 
8574     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8575       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
8576       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
8577       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
8578       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
8579           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8580         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
8581         // struct or something similar.
8582         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
8583                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
8584                                           *Name)) {
8585           bool SafeToContinue
8586             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
8587                Kind != TTK_Enum);
8588           if (SafeToContinue)
8589             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
8590               << Name
8591               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
8592                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
8593           else
8594             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
8595           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8596 
8597           if (SafeToContinue)
8598             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
8599           else {
8600             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
8601             Name = 0;
8602             Previous.clear();
8603             Invalid = true;
8604           }
8605         }
8606 
8607         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
8608           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
8609 
8610           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
8611           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
8612           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8613             if (ScopedEnum)
8614               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
8615                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
8616                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
8617             return PrevTagDecl;
8618           }
8619 
8620           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
8621           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8622             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
8623           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
8624             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
8625 
8626           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
8627           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
8628           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
8629           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
8630                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
8631             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
8632         }
8633 
8634         if (!Invalid) {
8635           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
8636 
8637           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
8638           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
8639           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
8640           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
8641           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
8642                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
8643             return PrevTagDecl;
8644 
8645           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
8646           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
8647             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
8648               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
8649               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
8650               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
8651               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
8652               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
8653                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
8654                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
8655                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
8656                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
8657                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
8658                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
8659                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
8660                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
8661               }
8662 
8663               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
8664                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
8665                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
8666                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
8667                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
8668                 else
8669                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
8670                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8671                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
8672                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
8673                 // references get the previous definition.
8674                 Name = 0;
8675                 Previous.clear();
8676                 Invalid = true;
8677               }
8678             } else {
8679               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
8680               // about a nested redefinition.
8681               const TagType *Tag
8682                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
8683               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
8684                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
8685                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
8686                      diag::note_previous_definition);
8687                 Name = 0;
8688                 Previous.clear();
8689                 Invalid = true;
8690               }
8691             }
8692 
8693             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
8694             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
8695           }
8696         }
8697         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
8698         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
8699 
8700       } else {
8701         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
8702         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
8703         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
8704         // have distinct types.
8705         Previous.clear();
8706       }
8707       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
8708       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
8709       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
8710 
8711 
8712     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
8713     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
8714     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
8715     } else {
8716       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
8717       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
8718       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
8719       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
8720           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
8721         unsigned Kind = 0;
8722         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8723         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8724         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8725         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
8726         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
8727         Invalid = true;
8728 
8729       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
8730       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
8731                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8732         // do nothing
8733 
8734       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
8735       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8736         unsigned Kind = 0;
8737         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8738         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8739         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8740         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
8741         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8742         Invalid = true;
8743 
8744       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
8745       // case here.
8746       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8747         unsigned Kind = 0;
8748         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8749         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
8750           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
8751         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8752         Invalid = true;
8753 
8754       // Otherwise, diagnose.
8755       } else {
8756         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
8757         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
8758         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
8759         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8760         Name = 0;
8761         Invalid = true;
8762       }
8763 
8764       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
8765       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
8766       Previous.clear();
8767     }
8768   }
8769 
8770 CreateNewDecl:
8771 
8772   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
8773   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
8774     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
8775 
8776   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
8777   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
8778   // keyword.
8779   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
8780 
8781   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
8782   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
8783   // PrevDecl.
8784   TagDecl *New;
8785 
8786   bool IsForwardReference = false;
8787   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8788     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8789     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
8790     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8791                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
8792                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
8793     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
8794     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
8795       TagDecl *Def;
8796       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
8797         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
8798         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
8799       }
8800       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
8801         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
8802           << New;
8803         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8804       } else {
8805         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
8806         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8807           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
8808         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8809           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
8810         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
8811 
8812         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
8813         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
8814         // the declaration context.
8815         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
8816           IsForwardReference = true;
8817       }
8818     }
8819 
8820     if (EnumUnderlying) {
8821       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
8822       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8823         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
8824       else
8825         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
8826       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
8827     }
8828 
8829   } else {
8830     // struct/union/class
8831 
8832     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8833     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
8834     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8835       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
8836       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8837                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8838 
8839       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
8840         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
8841     } else
8842       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8843                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8844   }
8845 
8846   // Maybe add qualifier info.
8847   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8848     if (SS.isSet()) {
8849       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
8850       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
8851       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
8852       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
8853       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
8854       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
8855           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
8856           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
8857         Invalid = true;
8858 
8859       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
8860       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
8861         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8862                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8863                     (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
8864       }
8865     }
8866     else
8867       Invalid = true;
8868   }
8869 
8870   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
8871     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
8872     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
8873     //
8874     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
8875     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
8876     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
8877     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
8878     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
8879     // parsing of the struct).
8880     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
8881       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
8882       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
8883     }
8884   }
8885 
8886   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
8887     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
8888       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8889         << 2
8890         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8891     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
8892     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
8893     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
8894     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8895       New->setModulePrivate();
8896   }
8897 
8898   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
8899   // check the specialization.
8900   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
8901     Invalid = true;
8902 
8903   if (Invalid)
8904     New->setInvalidDecl();
8905 
8906   if (Attr)
8907     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
8908 
8909   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
8910   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
8911   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8912     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
8913 
8914   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
8915   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
8916   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8917 
8918   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
8919   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
8920   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
8921   // the tag name visible.
8922   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
8923     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
8924                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
8925 
8926   // Set the access specifier.
8927   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
8928     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
8929 
8930   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
8931     New->startDefinition();
8932 
8933   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
8934   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8935     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
8936     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
8937     if (PrevDecl)
8938       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
8939 
8940     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
8941     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
8942     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
8943       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
8944         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
8945   } else if (Name) {
8946     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
8947     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
8948     if (IsForwardReference)
8949       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
8950 
8951   } else {
8952     CurContext->addDecl(New);
8953   }
8954 
8955   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
8956   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
8957     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
8958         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
8959         II->isStr("FILE"))
8960       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
8961 
8962   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
8963   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
8964   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8965       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
8966     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
8967 
8968   if (PrevDecl)
8969     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
8970 
8971   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
8972   // record.
8973   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
8974 
8975   OwnedDecl = true;
8976   return New;
8977 }
8978 
8979 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
8980   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8981   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8982 
8983   // Enter the tag context.
8984   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
8985 
8986   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
8987 
8988   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
8989   // record.
8990   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
8991 }
8992 
8993 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
8994   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
8995          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
8996   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
8997   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
8998       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
8999   CurContext = OCD;
9000   return IDecl;
9001 }
9002 
9003 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9004                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
9005                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
9006   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9007   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
9008 
9009   FieldCollector->StartClass();
9010 
9011   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
9012     return;
9013 
9014   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
9015     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
9016 
9017   // C++ [class]p2:
9018   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
9019   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
9020   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
9021   //   as if it were a public member name.
9022   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
9023     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
9024                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
9025                             Record->getIdentifier(),
9026                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
9027                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
9028   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
9029   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
9030   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
9031   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
9032       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
9033   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
9034   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
9035          "Broken injected-class-name");
9036 }
9037 
9038 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9039                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
9040   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9041   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9042   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
9043 
9044   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9045   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9046     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
9047     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9048       RD->completeDefinition();
9049   }
9050 
9051   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
9052     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
9053 
9054   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
9055   PopDeclContext();
9056 
9057   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
9058   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
9059 }
9060 
9061 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
9062   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
9063   PopDeclContext();
9064 }
9065 
9066 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9067   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
9068   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
9069   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
9070 }
9071 
9072 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9073   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
9074   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
9075 }
9076 
9077 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
9078   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9079   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9080   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
9081 
9082   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9083   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9084     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9085       RD->completeDefinition();
9086   }
9087 
9088   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
9089   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
9090   // the FieldCollector.
9091 
9092   PopDeclContext();
9093 }
9094 
9095 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
9096 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
9097                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
9098                                 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
9099                                 bool *ZeroWidth) {
9100   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
9101   if (ZeroWidth)
9102     *ZeroWidth = true;
9103 
9104   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
9105   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
9106   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9107     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
9108     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
9109       return ExprError();
9110     if (FieldName)
9111       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
9112         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9113     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
9114       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9115   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
9116                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
9117     return ExprError();
9118 
9119   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
9120   // it now.
9121   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
9122     return Owned(BitWidth);
9123 
9124   llvm::APSInt Value;
9125   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
9126   if (ICE.isInvalid())
9127     return ICE;
9128   BitWidth = ICE.take();
9129 
9130   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
9131     *ZeroWidth = false;
9132 
9133   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
9134   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
9135     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
9136 
9137   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
9138     if (FieldName)
9139       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9140                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
9141     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9142       << Value.toString(10);
9143   }
9144 
9145   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
9146     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
9147     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
9148       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9149         if (FieldName)
9150           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9151             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9152             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9153 
9154         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9155           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9156       }
9157 
9158       if (FieldName)
9159         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9160           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9161           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9162       else
9163         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9164           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9165     }
9166   }
9167 
9168   return Owned(BitWidth);
9169 }
9170 
9171 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
9172 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
9173 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
9174                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
9175   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
9176                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
9177                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
9178   return Res;
9179 }
9180 
9181 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
9182 ///
9183 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
9184                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
9185                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
9186                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9187                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
9188   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9189   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9190   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9191 
9192   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9193   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9194   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9195     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9196 
9197     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
9198                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
9199       D.setInvalidType();
9200       T = Context.IntTy;
9201       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
9202     }
9203   }
9204 
9205   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
9206 
9207   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
9208     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
9209   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9210     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9211       << 2;
9212 
9213   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
9214   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
9215   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
9216   LookupName(Previous, S);
9217   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
9218     case LookupResult::Found:
9219     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
9220       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
9221       break;
9222 
9223     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
9224       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9225       break;
9226 
9227     case LookupResult::NotFound:
9228     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
9229     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
9230       break;
9231   }
9232   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
9233 
9234   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9235     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9236     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9237     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9238     PrevDecl = 0;
9239   }
9240 
9241   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
9242     PrevDecl = 0;
9243 
9244   bool Mutable
9245     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
9246   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
9247   FieldDecl *NewFD
9248     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
9249                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
9250 
9251   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9252     Record->setInvalidDecl();
9253 
9254   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9255     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9256 
9257   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
9258     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
9259     // with the same name in the same scope.
9260   } else if (II) {
9261     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
9262   } else
9263     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
9264 
9265   return NewFD;
9266 }
9267 
9268 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
9269 ///
9270 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
9271 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
9272 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
9273 /// created.
9274 ///
9275 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
9276 ///
9277 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
9278 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
9279                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9280                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
9281                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
9282                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9283                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
9284                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
9285                                 Declarator *D) {
9286   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
9287   bool InvalidDecl = false;
9288   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
9289 
9290   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
9291   // marking this declaration as invalid.
9292   if (T.isNull()) {
9293     InvalidDecl = true;
9294     T = Context.IntTy;
9295   }
9296 
9297   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
9298   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
9299     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9300       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
9301       Record->setInvalidDecl();
9302       InvalidDecl = true;
9303     } else {
9304       NamedDecl *Def;
9305       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
9306       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
9307         Record->setInvalidDecl();
9308         InvalidDecl = true;
9309       }
9310     }
9311   }
9312 
9313   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9314   // than a variably modified type.
9315   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9316     bool SizeIsNegative;
9317     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
9318     QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
9319                                                            SizeIsNegative,
9320                                                            Oversized);
9321     if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
9322       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
9323       T = FixedTy;
9324     } else {
9325       if (SizeIsNegative)
9326         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
9327       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
9328         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
9329           << Oversized.toString(10);
9330       else
9331         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
9332       InvalidDecl = true;
9333     }
9334   }
9335 
9336   // Fields can not have abstract class types
9337   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
9338                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9339                                              AbstractFieldType))
9340     InvalidDecl = true;
9341 
9342   bool ZeroWidth = false;
9343   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
9344   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
9345     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take();
9346     if (!BitWidth) {
9347       InvalidDecl = true;
9348       BitWidth = 0;
9349       ZeroWidth = false;
9350     }
9351   }
9352 
9353   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
9354   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
9355     unsigned DiagID = 0;
9356     if (T->isReferenceType())
9357       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
9358     else if (T.isConstQualified())
9359       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
9360 
9361     if (DiagID) {
9362       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
9363       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
9364         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
9365       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
9366       Mutable = false;
9367       InvalidDecl = true;
9368     }
9369   }
9370 
9371   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
9372                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
9373   if (InvalidDecl)
9374     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9375 
9376   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9377     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9378     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9379     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9380   }
9381 
9382   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9383     if (Record->isUnion()) {
9384       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9385         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9386         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9387           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
9388           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
9389           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
9390           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
9391           // objects.
9392           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
9393             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9394         }
9395       }
9396 
9397       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
9398       // the program is ill-formed.
9399       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
9400         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
9401           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
9402         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9403       }
9404     }
9405   }
9406 
9407   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
9408   // representation, not a parser representation.
9409   if (D)
9410     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
9411     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
9412 
9413   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
9414   // retainable type.
9415   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
9416     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9417 
9418   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
9419     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
9420 
9421   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
9422   return NewFD;
9423 }
9424 
9425 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
9426   assert(FD);
9427   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
9428 
9429   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9430     return true;
9431 
9432   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9433   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9434     CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9435     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9436       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
9437       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
9438       // copy constructors.
9439 
9440       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
9441       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
9442         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
9443       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
9444         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
9445       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
9446         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
9447       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
9448         member = CXXDestructor;
9449 
9450       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
9451         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
9452             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
9453           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
9454           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
9455           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
9456           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
9457           // members unavailable.
9458           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
9459           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
9460             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
9461               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
9462                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9463             return false;
9464           }
9465         }
9466 
9467         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ?
9468                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
9469                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
9470           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
9471         DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
9472         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x;
9473       }
9474     }
9475   }
9476 
9477   return false;
9478 }
9479 
9480 /// If the given constructor is user-provided, produce a diagnostic explaining
9481 /// that it makes the class non-trivial.
9482 static bool DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT,
9483                                                CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
9484                                                Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) {
9485   if (!CD->isUserProvided())
9486     return false;
9487 
9488   SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation();
9489   S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM;
9490   return true;
9491 }
9492 
9493 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
9494 /// special member, figure out why.
9495 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
9496   QualType QT(T, 0U);
9497   CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
9498 
9499   // Check whether the member was user-declared.
9500   switch (member) {
9501   case CXXInvalid:
9502     break;
9503 
9504   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
9505     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
9506       typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
9507       for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI)
9508         if (DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, *CI, member))
9509           return;
9510 
9511       // No user-provided constructors; look for constructor templates.
9512       typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl>
9513           tmpl_iter;
9514       for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end());
9515            TI != TE; ++TI) {
9516         CXXConstructorDecl *CD =
9517             dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl());
9518         if (CD && DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, CD, member))
9519           return;
9520       }
9521     }
9522     break;
9523 
9524   case CXXCopyConstructor:
9525     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
9526       SourceLocation CtorLoc =
9527         RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation();
9528       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9529       return;
9530     }
9531     break;
9532 
9533   case CXXMoveConstructor:
9534     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) {
9535       SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation();
9536       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9537       return;
9538     }
9539     break;
9540 
9541   case CXXCopyAssignment:
9542     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
9543       SourceLocation AssignLoc =
9544         RD->getCopyAssignmentOperator(0)->getLocation();
9545       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9546       return;
9547     }
9548     break;
9549 
9550   case CXXMoveAssignment:
9551     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) {
9552       SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation();
9553       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9554       return;
9555     }
9556     break;
9557 
9558   case CXXDestructor:
9559     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
9560       SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
9561       Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9562       return;
9563     }
9564     break;
9565   }
9566 
9567   typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
9568 
9569   // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
9570   // but not trivial destruction.
9571   if (member != CXXDestructor) {
9572     // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
9573     // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
9574     for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
9575       if (bi->isVirtual()) {
9576         SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
9577         Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
9578         return;
9579       }
9580 
9581     // Check for virtual methods.
9582     typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
9583     for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
9584          ++mi) {
9585       if (mi->isVirtual()) {
9586         SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart();
9587         Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
9588         return;
9589       }
9590     }
9591   }
9592 
9593   bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
9594   switch (member) {
9595   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
9596     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break;
9597   case CXXCopyConstructor:
9598     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
9599   case CXXCopyAssignment:
9600     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
9601   case CXXDestructor:
9602     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
9603   default:
9604     llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member");
9605   }
9606 
9607   // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
9608   for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
9609     const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
9610     assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
9611     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
9612     if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
9613       SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
9614       Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
9615       DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
9616       return;
9617     }
9618   }
9619 
9620   // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
9621   typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
9622   for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
9623        ++fi) {
9624     QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType());
9625     if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9626       CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
9627 
9628       if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
9629         SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation();
9630         Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
9631         DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
9632         return;
9633       }
9634     }
9635 
9636     if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9637       switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) {
9638       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9639       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9640         break;
9641 
9642       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9643       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9644       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9645         Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership)
9646           << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime();
9647         return;
9648       }
9649     }
9650   }
9651 
9652   llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member");
9653 }
9654 
9655 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
9656 ///  AST enum value.
9657 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
9658 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
9659   switch (ivarVisibility) {
9660   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
9661   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
9662   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
9663   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
9664   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
9665   }
9666 }
9667 
9668 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
9669 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
9670 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
9671                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
9672                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
9673                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
9674 
9675   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9676   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
9677   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9678   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9679 
9680   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
9681   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
9682 
9683   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9684   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9685 
9686   if (BitWidth) {
9687     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
9688     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take();
9689     if (!BitWidth)
9690       D.setInvalidType();
9691   } else {
9692     // Not a bitfield.
9693 
9694     // validate II.
9695 
9696   }
9697   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
9698     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
9699     D.setInvalidType();
9700   }
9701   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9702   // than a variably modified type.
9703   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9704     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
9705     D.setInvalidType();
9706   }
9707 
9708   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
9709   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
9710     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
9711                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
9712   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
9713   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
9714   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9715     return 0;
9716   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
9717   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9718       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9719     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
9720     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
9721       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
9722       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
9723     }
9724     else
9725       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9726   } else {
9727     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9728         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9729       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
9730         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
9731         return 0;
9732       }
9733     }
9734     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9735   }
9736 
9737   // Construct the decl.
9738   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
9739                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
9740                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
9741 
9742   if (II) {
9743     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
9744                                            ForRedeclaration);
9745     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
9746         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9747       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9748       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9749       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9750     }
9751   }
9752 
9753   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
9754   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
9755 
9756   if (D.isInvalidType())
9757     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9758 
9759   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
9760   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
9761     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9762 
9763   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9764     NewID->setModulePrivate();
9765 
9766   if (II) {
9767     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
9768     // these to the interface.
9769     S->AddDecl(NewID);
9770     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
9771   }
9772 
9773   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
9774       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
9775     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
9776 
9777   return NewID;
9778 }
9779 
9780 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
9781 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
9782 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
9783 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
9784 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
9785                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
9786   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
9787     return;
9788 
9789   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
9790   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
9791 
9792   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
9793     return;
9794   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
9795   if (!ID) {
9796     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
9797       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
9798         return;
9799     }
9800     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
9801     else
9802       return;
9803   }
9804   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
9805   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
9806   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
9807 
9808   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
9809                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
9810                               Context.CharTy,
9811                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
9812                                                                DeclLoc),
9813                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
9814                               true);
9815   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
9816 }
9817 
9818 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
9819                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
9820                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
9821                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
9822                        AttributeList *Attr) {
9823   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
9824 
9825   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
9826   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
9827   // it will now change.
9828   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9829     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
9830     switch (DC->getKind()) {
9831     default: break;
9832     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
9833       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
9834       break;
9835     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
9836       Context.
9837         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
9838       break;
9839     }
9840   }
9841 
9842   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
9843 
9844   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
9845   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
9846   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
9847   if (Record) {
9848     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
9849                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
9850       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
9851         if (IFD->getDeclName())
9852           ++NumNamedMembers;
9853     }
9854   }
9855 
9856   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
9857   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
9858 
9859   bool ARCErrReported = false;
9860   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
9861        i != end; ++i) {
9862     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
9863 
9864     // Get the type for the field.
9865     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
9866 
9867     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
9868       // Remember all fields written by the user.
9869       RecFields.push_back(FD);
9870     }
9871 
9872     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
9873     // diagnostics about it.
9874     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9875       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9876       continue;
9877     }
9878 
9879     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
9880     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
9881     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
9882     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
9883     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
9884     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
9885     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
9886     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
9887     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
9888     //   array.
9889     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
9890       // Field declared as a function.
9891       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
9892         << FD->getDeclName();
9893       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9894       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9895       continue;
9896     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
9897                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
9898                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
9899                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
9900                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
9901       // Flexible array member.
9902       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
9903       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
9904       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
9905       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
9906         if (Record->isUnion())
9907           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
9908             << FD->getDeclName();
9909         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9910           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
9911             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9912       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9913         if (Record->isUnion())
9914           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
9915             << FD->getDeclName();
9916         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9917           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
9918             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9919       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
9920       if (Record->isUnion())
9921         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
9922           << FD->getDeclName();
9923       else
9924         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
9925           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9926       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
9927         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
9928           << FD->getDeclName();
9929         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9930         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9931         continue;
9932       }
9933       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
9934           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
9935         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
9936           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
9937         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9938         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9939         continue;
9940       }
9941       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
9942       if (Record)
9943         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9944     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
9945                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
9946                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9947       // Incomplete type
9948       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9949       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9950       continue;
9951     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9952       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
9953         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
9954         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
9955           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9956         } else {
9957           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
9958           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
9959           // structures.
9960           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
9961             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
9962               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
9963           else {
9964             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
9965             // other structs as an extension.
9966             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
9967               << FD->getDeclName();
9968             if (Record)
9969               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9970           }
9971         }
9972       }
9973       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
9974           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
9975                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9976                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
9977         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
9978         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9979       }
9980       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
9981         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9982     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
9983       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
9984       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
9985         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
9986       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
9987       FD->setType(T);
9988     } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9989       if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
9990         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
9991         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
9992         // so we just make the field unavailable.
9993         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
9994         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
9995         QualType T = FD->getType();
9996         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
9997         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
9998           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
9999           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
10000             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
10001               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
10002                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
10003             }
10004           } else {
10005             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct)
10006               << T->isBlockPointerType();
10007           }
10008           ARCErrReported = true;
10009         }
10010       }
10011       else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10012                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
10013                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
10014         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10015             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
10016           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10017         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
10018           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
10019           if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
10020               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
10021             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10022           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10023                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
10024                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10025         }
10026       }
10027     }
10028     // Keep track of the number of named members.
10029     if (FD->getIdentifier())
10030       ++NumNamedMembers;
10031   }
10032 
10033   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
10034   if (Record) {
10035     bool Completed = false;
10036     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
10037       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
10038         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
10039         UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions();
10040         for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end();
10041              I != E; ++I)
10042           Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
10043 
10044         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
10045           // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting:
10046           //   If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer
10047           //   type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its
10048           //   default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment
10049           //   operator, and destructor are non-trivial.
10050           //
10051           // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition().
10052           // However, here we check whether this particular class is only
10053           // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member.
10054           // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled
10055           // with ARC and code compiled with manual retain/release.
10056           if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
10057               CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() &&
10058               CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) {
10059             if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) {
10060               Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
10061                    diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member)
10062                << CXXRecord;
10063             } else {
10064               // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location
10065               // for them is going to be tricky.
10066               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
10067                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
10068                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
10069                   << CXXRecord << 0;
10070               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
10071                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
10072                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
10073                 << CXXRecord << 1;
10074               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor())
10075                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
10076                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
10077                 << CXXRecord << 2;
10078             }
10079           }
10080 
10081           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
10082           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
10083               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
10084             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
10085 
10086           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
10087           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
10088 
10089           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
10090           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
10091           // problem now.
10092           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
10093             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
10094             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
10095 
10096             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
10097                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
10098                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
10099               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
10100                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
10101                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
10102                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
10103                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
10104                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
10105                   continue;
10106 
10107                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
10108                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
10109                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
10110                 //   program is ill-formed.
10111                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
10112                   << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
10113                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
10114                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
10115                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
10116                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
10117                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
10118                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
10119                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
10120                     << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
10121 
10122                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
10123               }
10124             }
10125             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
10126             Completed = true;
10127           }
10128         }
10129       }
10130     }
10131 
10132     if (!Completed)
10133       Record->completeDefinition();
10134 
10135   } else {
10136     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
10137       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
10138     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10139       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
10140       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
10141       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10142         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
10143         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10144       }
10145       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
10146       // duplicates.
10147       if (ID->getSuperClass())
10148         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
10149     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
10150                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10151       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
10152       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
10153         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
10154         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
10155         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
10156       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
10157       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10158       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10159     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
10160                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10161       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
10162       // reported as errors elsewhere.
10163       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
10164       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
10165       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
10166       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
10167       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
10168       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10169         if (IDecl) {
10170           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
10171               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10172             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10173                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10174             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10175             continue;
10176           }
10177           for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl =
10178                 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension();
10179                ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
10180             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar =
10181                 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10182               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10183                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10184               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10185               continue;
10186             }
10187           }
10188         }
10189         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
10190         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10191       }
10192       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10193       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10194     }
10195   }
10196 
10197   if (Attr)
10198     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
10199 }
10200 
10201 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
10202 /// the given type T.
10203 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
10204                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
10205                                         QualType T) {
10206   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10207   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
10208 
10209   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
10210     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
10211       --BitWidth;
10212     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
10213   }
10214   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
10215 }
10216 
10217 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
10218 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
10219 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
10220   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
10221   // enum checking below.
10222   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10223   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
10224   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10225     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
10226   };
10227   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10228     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
10229     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
10230   };
10231 
10232   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
10233   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
10234                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
10235   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
10236     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
10237       return Types[I];
10238 
10239   return QualType();
10240 }
10241 
10242 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
10243                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
10244                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
10245                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
10246                                           Expr *Val) {
10247   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10248   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
10249   QualType EltTy;
10250 
10251   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
10252     Val = 0;
10253 
10254   if (Val)
10255     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
10256 
10257   if (Val) {
10258     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
10259       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10260     else {
10261       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
10262       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() &&
10263           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10264         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
10265         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
10266         // constant expression of the underlying type.
10267         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10268         ExprResult Converted =
10269           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
10270                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
10271         if (Converted.isInvalid())
10272           Val = 0;
10273         else
10274           Val = Converted.take();
10275       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
10276                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
10277                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
10278         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
10279       } else {
10280         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10281           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10282 
10283           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
10284           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
10285           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
10286           // expression checking.
10287           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10288             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10289               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10290               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10291             } else
10292               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10293           } else
10294             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10295         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10296           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
10297           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10298           //   is the type of its initializing value:
10299           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
10300           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
10301           EltTy = Val->getType();
10302         } else {
10303           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
10304           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
10305           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
10306           //   representable as an int.
10307 
10308           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
10309           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
10310             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10311               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
10312               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
10313           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
10314             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
10315             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10316           }
10317           EltTy = Val->getType();
10318         }
10319       }
10320     }
10321   }
10322 
10323   if (!Val) {
10324     if (Enum->isDependentType())
10325       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10326     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
10327       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10328       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10329       //   is the type of its initializing value:
10330       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
10331       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
10332       //
10333       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
10334       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
10335       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10336         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10337       }
10338       else {
10339         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
10340       }
10341     } else {
10342       // Assign the last value + 1.
10343       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10344       ++EnumVal;
10345       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
10346 
10347       // Check for overflow on increment.
10348       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
10349         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10350         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10351         //   is the type of its initializing value:
10352         //
10353         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
10354         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
10355         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
10356         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
10357         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
10358         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
10359         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
10360         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
10361           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
10362           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
10363           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10364           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
10365           ++EnumVal;
10366           if (Enum->isFixed())
10367             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
10368             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
10369               << EnumVal.toString(10)
10370               << EltTy;
10371           else
10372             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
10373               << EnumVal.toString(10);
10374         } else {
10375           EltTy = T;
10376         }
10377 
10378         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
10379         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
10380         // value, then increment.
10381         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10382         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10383         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10384         ++EnumVal;
10385 
10386         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
10387         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
10388         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
10389         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
10390         // integral type.
10391         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
10392           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
10393       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10394                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10395         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
10396         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10397           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
10398       }
10399     }
10400   }
10401 
10402   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
10403     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
10404     // enumerator's type.
10405     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10406     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10407   }
10408 
10409   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
10410                                   Val, EnumVal);
10411 }
10412 
10413 
10414 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
10415                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
10416                               AttributeList *Attr,
10417                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
10418   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
10419   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
10420     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
10421 
10422   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
10423   // we find one that is.
10424   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10425 
10426   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
10427   // scope.
10428   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
10429                                          ForRedeclaration);
10430   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10431     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10432     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
10433     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10434     PrevDecl = 0;
10435   }
10436 
10437   if (PrevDecl) {
10438     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
10439     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
10440     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
10441            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
10442     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
10443       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
10444         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
10445       else
10446         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
10447       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10448       return 0;
10449     }
10450   }
10451 
10452   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
10453   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
10454   // different from T:
10455   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
10456   // enumerated type
10457   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
10458                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
10459                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
10460     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
10461         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
10462       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
10463 
10464   EnumConstantDecl *New =
10465     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
10466 
10467   if (New) {
10468     // Process attributes.
10469     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10470 
10471     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
10472     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
10473     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
10474   }
10475 
10476   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
10477 
10478   return New;
10479 }
10480 
10481 // Emits a warning if every element in the enum is the same value and if
10482 // every element is initialized with a integer or boolean literal.
10483 static void CheckForUniqueEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements,
10484                                      unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum,
10485                                      QualType EnumType) {
10486   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_identical_enum_values,
10487                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
10488       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
10489     return;
10490 
10491   if (NumElements < 2)
10492     return;
10493 
10494   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
10495     return;
10496 
10497   llvm::APSInt FirstVal;
10498 
10499   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10500     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10501     if (!ECD)
10502       return;
10503 
10504     Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
10505     if (!InitExpr)
10506       return;
10507     InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
10508     if (!isa<IntegerLiteral>(InitExpr) && !isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(InitExpr))
10509       return;
10510 
10511     if (i == 0) {
10512       FirstVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10513       continue;
10514     }
10515 
10516     if (!llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(FirstVal, ECD->getInitVal()))
10517       return;
10518   }
10519 
10520   S.Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_identical_enum_values)
10521       << EnumType << FirstVal.toString(10)
10522       << Enum->getSourceRange();
10523 
10524   EnumConstantDecl *Last = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 1]),
10525                    *Next = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 2]);
10526 
10527   S.Diag(Last->getLocation(), diag::note_identical_enum_values)
10528     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Last->getInitExpr()->getSourceRange(),
10529                                     Next->getName());
10530 }
10531 
10532 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
10533                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
10534                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
10535                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
10536   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
10537   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
10538 
10539   if (Attr)
10540     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
10541 
10542   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
10543     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10544       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10545         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10546       if (!ECD) continue;
10547 
10548       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10549     }
10550 
10551     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
10552     return;
10553   }
10554 
10555   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
10556   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
10557   // emit a warning.
10558   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10559   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
10560   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
10561 
10562   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
10563   // reverse the list.
10564   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
10565   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
10566 
10567   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
10568   bool AllElementsInt = true;
10569 
10570   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10571     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10572       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10573     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10574 
10575     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10576 
10577     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
10578     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
10579       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
10580                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
10581     else
10582       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
10583                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
10584 
10585     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
10586     if (AllElementsInt)
10587       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
10588   }
10589 
10590   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
10591   QualType BestType;
10592   unsigned BestWidth;
10593 
10594   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
10595   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
10596   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
10597   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
10598   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
10599   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
10600   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
10601   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
10602   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
10603   QualType BestPromotionType;
10604 
10605   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
10606   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
10607   // enum definitions.
10608   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
10609     Packed = true;
10610 
10611   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10612     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
10613     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
10614       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
10615     else
10616       BestPromotionType = BestType;
10617     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
10618     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
10619     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
10620     BestWidth = CharWidth;
10621   }
10622   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
10623     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
10624     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
10625     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10626     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
10627       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
10628       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10629     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
10630                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
10631       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
10632       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10633     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
10634       BestType = Context.IntTy;
10635       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10636     } else {
10637       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
10638 
10639       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
10640         BestType = Context.LongTy;
10641       } else {
10642         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10643 
10644         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
10645           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
10646         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
10647       }
10648     }
10649     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
10650   } else {
10651     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
10652     // all of the enumerator values.
10653     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10654     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
10655       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
10656       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10657       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10658     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
10659       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
10660       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10661       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10662     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
10663       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
10664       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10665       BestPromotionType
10666         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10667                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
10668     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
10669                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
10670       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
10671       BestPromotionType
10672         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10673                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
10674     } else {
10675       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10676       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
10677              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
10678       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
10679       BestPromotionType
10680         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10681                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
10682     }
10683   }
10684 
10685   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
10686   // the type of the enum if needed.
10687   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10688     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10689     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10690 
10691     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
10692     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
10693     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
10694     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
10695     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
10696 
10697     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
10698     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10699 
10700     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
10701     // the enum decl type.
10702     QualType NewTy;
10703     unsigned NewWidth;
10704     bool NewSign;
10705     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10706         !Enum->isFixed() &&
10707         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
10708       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
10709       NewWidth = IntWidth;
10710       NewSign = true;
10711     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
10712       // Already the right type!
10713       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10714         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10715         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10716         // enumeration.
10717         ECD->setType(EnumType);
10718       continue;
10719     } else {
10720       NewTy = BestType;
10721       NewWidth = BestWidth;
10722       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
10723     }
10724 
10725     // Adjust the APSInt value.
10726     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
10727     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
10728     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
10729 
10730     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
10731     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
10732         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
10733       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
10734                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
10735                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
10736                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
10737                                                 VK_RValue));
10738     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10739       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10740       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10741       // enumeration.
10742       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10743     else
10744       ECD->setType(NewTy);
10745   }
10746 
10747   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
10748                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
10749 
10750   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
10751   // it needs to go into the function scope.
10752   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
10753     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
10754 
10755   CheckForUniqueEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType);
10756 }
10757 
10758 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
10759                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
10760                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
10761   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
10762 
10763   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10764                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
10765                                                    EndLoc);
10766   CurContext->addDecl(New);
10767   return New;
10768 }
10769 
10770 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
10771                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
10772                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
10773   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
10774                                                 Module::AllVisible,
10775                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
10776   if (!Mod)
10777     return true;
10778 
10779   llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
10780   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
10781   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
10782     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
10783     // We need the length to be consistent.
10784     if (!ModCheck)
10785       break;
10786     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
10787 
10788     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
10789   }
10790 
10791   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
10792                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10793                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
10794                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
10795   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
10796   return Import;
10797 }
10798 
10799 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10800                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10801                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10802                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
10803                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10804   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
10805                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10806   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
10807      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
10808 
10809   if (PrevDecl)
10810     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
10811   else
10812     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10813       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
10814 }
10815 
10816 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10817                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10818                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
10819   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
10820 
10821   if (PrevDecl) {
10822     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
10823   } else {
10824     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10825       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
10826         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
10827   }
10828 }
10829 
10830 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10831                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10832                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10833                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
10834                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10835   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
10836                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10837   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
10838 
10839   if (PrevDecl) {
10840     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
10841       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
10842         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
10843   } else {
10844     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10845       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
10846   }
10847 }
10848 
10849 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
10850   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
10851 }
10852 
10853 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
10854   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext());
10855   // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface.
10856   if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D))
10857     D = CatD->getClassInterface();
10858 
10859   return D->getAvailability();
10860 }
10861